Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
REVIEWED FIR2024-0006+Fire_Sprinkler_Equipment_Specification_Sheets+1.26.2024_9.15.22_AM+4022063
RECEIVED Jan 26 2024 CITY OF EDMONDS DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT AWT THWES T FIRE SYSTEMS "R2024°°°s 22645 83rd Ave. S., Bldg D * Kent, WA 98032 Ph:206.772.7502 * Fax:206.772.7504 www.nwfiresystems.com LIC #NORTHFS928CR EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL TRIKE STOP Edmonds, WA NWSF JOB NO. 05392C TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1 - Pipe and Fittinas Spears_CPVC Piping System Victaulic_75-Flex_Coupling Victaulic_744_Firelock Flange Adapter Victaulic_750_Grooved Reducing Coupling Victaulic_Firelock Fittings 10.03 Wheatland_Sch 10 & Sch 40 Pipe Anvil —Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings (Import) Victaulic 009 Firelock EZ Rigid Couplinq Section 2 - Hangers and Sway Bracing Anvil _146_All Thread Rod Anvil_185-188_CPVC Hangers Afcon_510_CPVC 2-hole Strap Afcon_514_CPVC Offset Hanger Tolco_980_Universal Sway Brace Attachment Sammy_Sidewinders Sammy_Superscrews Anvil_69_Hanger Ring Tolco_22_CPVC 1-Hole Strap Tolco_4L_In Line Sway Brace Tolco_1001_Fast Clamp Sway Brace Attachment Caddy Branchline Restraint Pipe Attachment Caddy Branchline Wood/Concrete Structural Attachment Tek Screws Tolco Fig 29 CPVC hanger Section 3 - Valves and Accessories Jenny_Air Compressor Tyco_BFV-N_ Grooved Butterfly Valve Tyco_CV-1 F_Check Valve Victaulic_746_Dry Accelerator Victaulic 757P Air Maintenance Device DPV Victaulic_768n NXT DPV Relaible model CR Riser Manifold Argco Drum Drip Assy Section 4 - Alarms and Supervisory Devices Potter_PS40-2A_High-Low Air Pressure Switch Section 5 - Fire Sprinklers Tyco_TY-FRB_QR_SSP,SSU,Rec Pend_K=2.8,5.6,8.0 All variations used Victaulic V5620,V5621 Attic Heads v8122 bb Section 6 — Miscellaneous Victaulic - Head Cabinet Galvanized —Wall —Plate 00-002 Table Of Contents Page 1 of 1 1/4/2024 SECTION 1 PIPE AND FITTINGS SPEARS FlameGuard TM CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS TECHNICAL INFORMATION WEIGHTS 8 DIMENSIONS January 1, 200%( SUPERSEDES ALL PREVIOUS EDI t Quality Systems Certificate No. 293 Corporate Facilities, Sylmar, CA Assessed io Is0 9007: 2000 FAcruR�N c �ytce 1 I FG-4-0109 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS The information contained in this publication is based on current information and Product design at the time of publication and is subject to change without notification. Our ongoing commitment to product improvement may result in some variation. No representations, guarantees or warranties of any kind are made as to its accuracy, suitability for particular applications or results to be obtained therefrom. For verification of technical data or additional information not contained herein, please contact Spears® Technical Services Department [West Coast: (818) 364-1611—East Coast: (717) 938-9006]. General Information RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLERS AND USERS: Plastic piping systems should be ENGINEERED, INSTALLED and OPERATED in accordance with ESTABLISHED DESIGN AND ENGINEERING STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES for plastic piping systems. Suitability for the intended service application should be determined by the installer and/or user prior to installation of a plastic piping system. All Installation and maintenance personnel should be trained in the proper handling and installation requirements and precautions of plastic piping systems. PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY, all piping system components should be inspected for damage or irregularities. Mating components should be checked to assure that tolerances and engagements are compatible. Do not use any components that appear irregular or do not fit properly. Contact the appropriate manufacturer of the component product in question to determine usability. Consult all applicable codes and regulations for compliance prior to installation. Installation must be made in accordance with Spears® Manufacturing Company FlanneGuardTM CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Installation Instructions - FG-3 NOTE — Individual or group instruction in correct solvent welding procedures is available by contacting your local distributor or your servicing Spears® Regional Distribution Center. SOLVENT CEMENT CONNECTIONS — Spears' Manufacturing Company recommends the use of Spears® Two Step FS-1 primer with FS-3 solvent cement OR Spears' FS-5 One Step solvent cement for joining Spears® products. Use of solvent cementing products not approved for CPVC fire sprinkler systems, or failure to follow installation instructions will automatically void the warranty. THREADED CONNECTION — Spears' Manufacturing Company recommends the use of Spears' BLUE 75Tm Thread Sealant. This product has been tested by Spears' and the sealant manufacturer for compatibility with the Spears® CPVC fire sprinkler products. Consult the sprinkler head manufacturer before using this product. WARNING: OTHER PIPE JOINT COMPOUNDS OR PASTES MAY CONTAIN SUBSTANCES THAT COULD CAUSE STRESS CRACKING IN THE CPVC OR OTHER FITTING COMPONENTS. Care must be taken to avoid over torquing - generally 1 to 2 turns beyond finger tight is all that is required to make up a threaded connection. Factory testing has indicated 10-25 ft. lbs. of torque is adequate to obtain a leak free seal. GASKET SEALED THREAD CONNECTIONS — This type of connection can only be made with Spears® TorqueSafeTM style Gasket Sealed Female Sprinkler Adapters. DO NOT USE ANY TYPE OF THREAD SEALANT WHEN INSTALLING THIS TYPE OF ADAPTER. Tape or paste may impair proper sealing and function. Testing has shown that hand tight until snug is all that is needed to seal this special connection. NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES WARNING: DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO TEST ANY PVC OR CPVC THERMOPLASTIC PIPING PRODUCT OR SYSTEM, AND DO NOT USE DEVICES PROPELLED BY COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS TO CLEAR SYSTEMS. THESE PRACTICES MAY RESULT IN EXPLOSIVE FRAGMENTATION OF SYSTEM PIPING AND COMPONENTS CAUSING SERIOUS OR FATAL BODILY INJURY. Dimension Reference G = (LAYING LENGTH) Intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread; 90' elbows, M = Outside diameter of socket/thread hub; ± 1/16 inch. tees, crosses; ± 1/32 inch. N = Socket bottom to socket bottom; couplings; ± 1/16 inch. H = Intersection of center lines to face of fitting; 90' elbows tees, crosses; ± 1/32 inch. Q = Width of flats; ±1/16 inch. J = Intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread; 45' elbows; ± 1/32 inch W = Height of cap; ± 1/16 inch. L = Overall length of fittings; ± 1/16 inch. CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE SDR 13.5 (ASTM F 442) Part Number Nominal Size Average O.D. Average I.D. Approx. Weight Lbs.IFt. Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) CP-007 3/4 (19.1) 1.050 (26.7) .874 (22.5) .181 CP-010 1 (25.4) 1.315 (33.4) 1.101 (28.2) .280 CP-012 1-1/4 (31.8) 1.660 (42.2) 1.394 (35.6) .418 CP-015 1-1/2 (38.1) 1.900 (48.3) 1.598 (40.7) .550 CP-020 2 (50.8) 2.375 (60.3) 2.003 (50.9) .872 CP-025 2-1/2 (63.5) 2.875 (73.0) 2.423 (61.5) 1.260 CP-030 3 (76.2) 3.500 (88.9) 2.950 (75.0) 1.900 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS El TEE Socket x Socket x Socket I 1 I M --- G H L Part Number Size G H L M Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4201-007 3/4 9/16 1-1/2 2-31/32 1-5/16 .11 4201-010 1 29/32 1-13/16 3-5/8 1-5/8 .19 4201-012 1-1/4 15/32 2-3/32 4-7/32 2 .29 4201-015 1-1/2 1-5/32 2-9/16 5-3/32 2-11/32 .54 4201-020 2 1-13/32 2-15/16 5-7/8 2-7/8 .79 4201-025 2-1/2 1-23/32 3-1/2 7 3-15/32 1.62 4201-030 3 2-1/16 3-15/16 7-7/8 4-3/16 3.02 REDUCING TEE Socket x Socket x Socket I�--►r M 1 r Hl M - M2 G1 G2 H -H2� L Part Number Size G G1 G2 H H1 H2 L M M1 M2 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4201-102 3/4x314xl 3/4 25/32 3/4 1-11/16 1-13/16 1-11/16 3-3/8 1-5/16 1-21/32 1-5/16 .13 4201-125 10/43/4 21/32 13/16 5/8 1-25/32 1-13/16 1-5/8 3-7/16 1-17/32 1-5/16 1-5/16 .16 4201-126 lx3/4xl 3/4 1-7/8 1-3/32 1-27/32 2-31/32 1-31/32 3-13/16 1-23/32 1-23/32 1 1-13/32 .26 4201-131 lxlx3/4 21/32 13/16 21/32 1-25/32 1-13/16 1-25/32 3-9/16 1-5/8 1-5/16 1-5/8 .16 4201-157 1-1/41014 11/16 1-1/32 11/16 1-15/16 2-1/32 1-13/16 3-25/32 2-3/32 1-13/32 1-23/32 .32 4201-158 1-1/4xlxl 27/32 29/32 25/32 2-1/16 2-1/32 1-29/32 3-15/16 1-31/32 1-5/8 1-5/8 .24 4201-159 1-1/4xlxl-114 31/32 31/32 31/32 1 2-7/32 2-7/32 1 2-3/32 4-11/32 1 2-3/32 2-3/32 1-23/32 .35 4201-167 1-1141-1/43/4 21/32 1 21/32 1-29/32 2 1-29/32 3-13/16 2 1-5/16 2 .22 4201-168 1-1/41-1/41 13/16 1 13/16 2-1/16 2-1/8 2-1/16 4-1/8 1-31/32 1-5/8 1-31/32 .24 4201-169 1-114x1-1/4x1-1/2 1-1/8 15/16 1-1/8 2-3/8 2-11/32 2-3/8 4-3/4 2-3/32 2-11/32 2-3/32 .51 4201-201 1-1/2xl-1/4x3/4 11/16 1 1/4 2-1/16 2 1-15/16 4 2-5/16 1-3/8 2-1/16 .41 4201-202 1-1/2xl-1/4xl 27/32 1-1/32 1 2-7/32 2-5/32 2-1/4 4-15/32 2-5/16 1-11116 2-1/16 .42 4201-210 1-112xl-1/2x3/4 23/32 1-1/16 23/32 2-3/32 2-1/32 2-3/32 4-3/16 2-5/16 1-3/8 2-5/16 .37 4201-211 1-1/2xl-1/2x1 1 13/16 1-3/16 13/16 2-3/16 2-1/4 2-3/16 4-3/8 2-11/32 1-23132 2-11/32 .41 4201-212 1-112xl-1/2xl-1/4 1 1-1/8 1 2-3/8 2-11/32 2-3/8 4-13/16 2-11/32 2-3/32 2-11/32 .48 4201-213 1-1/2xl-1/2x2 1-5/16 1-1/8 1-5/16 2-11/16 2-21/32 2-11/16 5-3/8 2-11/32 2-27/32 2-11/32 1 .72 MADE IN THE U.S.A. El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS REDUCING TEE (continued) Socket x Socket x Socket �--►r M 1 M - 2 M2 G1 G2 H —H2— L Part Number Size G G1 G2 H H1 H2 L M M1 M2 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4201-248 2x2x3/4 11/16 1-13132 11/16 2-7/32 2-7/16 2-7/32 4-7/16 2-27/32 1-3/8 2-27/32 .52 4201-249 2x2xl 27/32 1-7/16 27/32 2-11/32 2-9/16 2-11/32 4-23/32 2-7/8 1-3/4 2-7/8 .57 4201-250 2x2xl-1/4 1 1-11/32 1 2-17/32 2-19/32 2-17/32 5-3/32 2-27/32 2-3/32 2-27/32 .63 4201-251 2x2xl-1/2 1-7/32 1-13/32 1-7/32 2-11/16 2-25/32 2-11/16 5-3/8 2-27/32 2-11/32 2-27/32 .85 4201-289 2-1/2x2-1/2xl 29/32 25/32 29/32 2-21/32 1-29/32 2-21/32 5-5/16 3-1/2 1-23/32 3-1/2 1.03 4201-290 2-1/2x2-1/2xl-1/4 1-3132 1-23132 1-3/32 2-27/32 1-27132 2-27/32 5-11/16 3-1/2 2-3/32 3-1/2 1.19 4201-291 2-1/2x2-112xl-1/2 1-3/16 1/2 1-3/16 2-15/16 1-7/8 2-15/16 5-7/8 3-15/32 2-11/32 3-15/32 1.26 4201-292* 2-1/2x2-1/2x2 1-19/32 2-1/8 1-19/32 3-11/32 3-5/8 3-11/32 1 6-11/16 3-17/32 3-17/32 3-17/32 2.46 4201-335* 3x3xl 1-7/16 2-7/16 1-7/16 3-5/16 3-23/32 3-5116 6-5/8 4-5/32 2-7/8 4-5/32 2.00 4201-336* 3x3xl-1/4 1-3/8 1-3/4 1-3/8 3-5/16 3-1/2 3-5/16 6-5/8 4-1/8 2-7/8 4-1/8 1.94 4201-337* 3x3xl-1/2 1-3/8 2 1-3/8 3-5/16 3-5/8 3-5/16 6-5/8 4-1/8 2 4-1/8 1.85 4201-338 3x3x2 1-7/16 1-13/16 1-7/16 3-5/16 3-5/16 3-5/16 6-5/8 4-5/32 2-7/8 4-5/32 1.68 4201-339 3x3x2-1/2 1-3/4 1-31/32 1-3/4 3-5/8 3-23/32 1 3-5/8 1 7-1/4 4-5132 3-7/16 4-5/32 2.08 * Branch Outlet Sized with Bushing SPRINKLER HEAD TEE Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Socket x Fipt �M171G1 tT M -- -1- - M2 G G2 � L � Part Number Size G G1 G2 H H1 H2 L M M1 M2 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4202-101 3/43/41/2 7/16 1-5/32 7/16 1-7/16 1-17/32 1-7/16 2-29/32 1-3/8 1-7/32 1-3/8 .27 4202-124 10/41/2 7/16 1-5/16 9/16 1-9/16 1-11/16 1-9/16 3-1/8 1-11/16 1-17/32 1-3/8 .31 4202-130 1x1x1/2 7116 1-5/16 7/16 1-9/16 1-11/16 1-9/16 3-1/8 1-23/32 1-17/32 1-23/32 .32 4202-010 1x1x1 11/16 1-3/32 11/16 1-13/16 1-29/32 1-13/16 3-19/32 1-23/32 1-23/32 1-23/32 .37 4202-156 1-1/4xlxl/2 7/16 1-15/32 9/16 1-11/16 2-1/32 1-11/16 3-3/8 2-3/32 1-7/32 1-3/4 .30 4202-166 1-1/4x1-1/4x1/2 7116 1-9/16 7116 1-11116 1-15/16 1-11/16 3-3/8 2-1/16 1-17/32 2-1/16 .37 4202-199 1-1/2xl-1/41/2 1/2 1-5/8 9/16 1-7/8 2-3/16 1-13/16 3-11/16 2-5/16 1-7/32 2-1/16 .37 4202-209 1-1/2x1-1/2x1/2 1/2 1-23/32 1/2 1-7/8 2-3/32 1-7/8 3-3/4 2-5/16 1-17/32 2-5/16 .45 4202-237 2x1-1/2x1/2 1/2 1-7/8 17/32 2 2-7/16 1-29/32 3-15/16 2-27/32 1-7/32 2-5/16 .48 4202-247 2x2xl/2 1/2 1 1-31/32 1 1/2 1 2 1 2-3/8 2 4-1/32 2-27/32 1-17/32 2-27/32 .58 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS E SPRINKLER HEAD TEE Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x Socket x SR Fipt �M1 G1 11 M - -t- - M2 - G2 H H2 L Part Number Size G G1 G2 H H1 H2 L M M1 M2 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4202-101SR 3/43/41/2 5/8 25/32 5/8 1-5/8 1-15/32 1-5/8 3-7/32 1-13/32 1-3/16 1-13/32 .16 4202-124SR 1x3/41/2 7/16 29/32 9/16 1-19/32 1-5/8 1-9/16 3-5/32 1-23/32 1-3/16 1-17/32 .19 4202-130SR 1x1x1/2 7/16 7/8 7/16 1-9/16 1-5/8 1-9/16 3-1/8 1-23/32 1-7/16 1-23/32 .25 4202-010SR 1x1x1 21/32 3/4 21/32 1-25/32 1-21/32 1-25/32 3-19/32 1-23/32 1-7/8 1-23/32 .35 4202-156SR 1-1/41x1/2 15/32 1-5/32 19/32 1-23/32 1-7/8 1-23/32 3-13/32 2-3/32 1-3/16 1-23/32 .26 4202-166SR 1-1/4x1-1/4x1/2 7116 1-1/8 7/16 1-11/16 1-27/32 1-11/16 3-3/8 2-3/32 1-3/16 2-3/32 .26 4202-168SR 1-1/41-1/41 27/32 1-1/32 27/32 2-3/32 1-29/32 2-3/32 4-7/32 2-3/32 1-11/16 2-3/32 .34 4202-199SR 1-1/2xl-1/41/2 9/16 1-9/32 1 17132 1-15/16 1 2 1-25/32 3-23/32 2-11/32 1-3/16 2-3/32 .33 4202-209SR 1-1/2xl-1/2xl/2 1/2 1-1/4 1/2 1-7/8 1-31/32 1-7/8 3-3/4 2-11/32 1-3/16 2-11/32 .35 4202-211SR 1-1/2xl-1/2xl 13/16 1-7/32 13/16 2-7/32 2-1/8 2-7/32 4-15/32 2-11/32 1-23/32 2-11/32 .43 4202-237SR 2x1-1/2x1/2 23/32 1-9/16 318 2-7/32 2-9/32 1-3/4 3-31/32 2-7/8 1-3/16 2-11/32 .45 4202-247SR 2x2xl/2 112 31/32 1/2 2 1-11/16 1 19/32 4 2-7/8 1-3/16 1 2-7/8 48 4202-287SR 2-1/2x2-1/2xl/2 17/32 1 1-3/4 1 17/32 1 2-9/32 1 2-1/2 1 2-9/32 4-19/32 1 3-1/2 1-7/32 1 3-1/2 .78 SPRINKLER HEAD TEE Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt x Socket G1-, 1 H1 M -- 4-I GG2 �H H2� I L -I Part Number Size G G1 G2 H H1 H2 L M M1 M2 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4203-122 lxl/2x1 9/16 25/32 1 1-13/32 1-9/16 1 1-27/32 1-25/32 3-11/32 1-5/8 1-5/8 1 1-17/32 1 .29 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 4 El Now FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS SPRINKLER HEAD TEE Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt x Socket M1-I G1 I 1 M2 j M - -�- M2 - I- L Part Number Size G G1 G2 H H1 H2 L M M1 M2 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4203-122SR 1xl/2xl 27/32 1 3/4 1-3/32 1 1-23/32 1-5/8 1 1-13/16 77/16 1-23/32 1-23/32 1-7/32 1 .21 STREET TEE Spigot x Socket x Socket fM1� o M2 f HI 1 G1 G G2 H H2- L Part Number Size G G1 G2 H H1 H2 L M1 M2 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4244-007 3/4 13/16 27/32 27/32 1-13/16 1-7/8 1-7/8 3-5/8 1-13/32 1-13/32 .16 4244-010 1 1-5/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 2-1/8 1-29/32 1-29/32 4-3/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 .27 4244-012 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 1 2-7/16 2-9/32 2-9/32 4-27/32 2-3/32 2-3/32 .42 4244-015 1-1/2 1-13/16 1-1/8 1-1/8 2-7/8 2-9/16 2-9/16 5-11/32 2-11/32 2-11/32 .56 4244-020 2 1-11/16 1-7/16 1-7/16 3-1/4 2 23/32 2-29/32 6-1/8 2-27/32 2-27/32 .84 5 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS El 900 ELBOW Socket x Socket G r H �M� Part Number Size G H M Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4206-007 3/4 9/16 1-1/2 1-5/16 .07 4206-010 1 23/32 1-19/32 1-5/8 .11 4206-012 1-1/4 7/8 2-5/32 2 .21 4206-015 1-1/2 1-5132 2-17/32 2-3/8 .41 4206-020 2 1-13/32 2-29/32 2-7/8 .45 4206-025 2-1/2 1-5/8 3-7/16 3-7/16 1.17 4206-030 3 1-29/32 3-23/32 4-3116 1.80 SIDE OUTLET ELBOW Socket x Socket x Socket M G H Part Number Size G H M Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4213-007 3/4 27/32 1-19/32 1-5/16 .09 4213-010 1 3/4 1-7/8 1-5/8 .17 REDUCING 900 ELBOW Socket x Socket H1�G1 G 1 F- - M1 H I� M Part Number Size G G1 H H1 M M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4206-131 1x3/4 21132 13/16 1-3/4 1-25/32 1-19/32 1-9/32 .11 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 6 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS SPRINKLER HEAD 900 ELBOW Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt H1— G1 G — - M1 H �I I�M� Part Number Size G G1 H H1 M M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4207-101 3/41/2 7/16 1-5/32 1-23/32 1-17/32 1-13/32 1-17/32 .25 4207-130 1 x 1 /2 15/32 1-5/8 1-9/16 1-11 /16 1-23/32 1-17132 .28 4207-131 1 x3/4 1 /2 1-1/4 1-5/8 1-27/32 1-23/32 1-13/32 .23 4207-166 1-1/41/2 15/32 1-17/32 1-11/16 1-15/16 2-3/32 1-17/32 .33 SPRINKLER HEAD 900 ELBOW Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt H111G1 G M1 HI L I,MI Part Number Size G G1 H H1 M M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4207-101SR 3/41/2 11/32 13/16 1-15/32 1-1/2 1-13/32 1-3/16 .14 4207-130SR 1x1/2 7/16 7/8 1-9/16 1-5/8 1-23/32 1-3/8 .20 4207-131SR 1x3/4 1/2 7/8 1-5/8 1-9/16 1-23/32 1-3/8 .16 4207-166SR 1-1/4xl/2 13/32 1-1/32 1-21/32 1-23/32 2-3/32 1-7/32 .19 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS El 900 STREET ELBOW Spigot x Socket H1�G1 G - M1 H f� ►� PIPE O.D. Part Number Size G G1 H H1 M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4209-007 3/4 15/16 17/32 1-15116 1-17/32 1-3/8 .12 4209-010 1 1-9/32 23/32 2-13/32 1-27/32 1-3/4 .21 4209-012 1-1/4 1-9/16 27/32 2-13/16 2-3/32 2-3/32 .32 4209-015 1-1/2 1-15/32 1-3/16 2-27/32 2-9/16 2-11/32 .42 4209-020 2 1-23/32 1-3/8 3-7/32 2-15/16 2-27/32 1 .65 22-1/20 ELBOW Socket x Socket J 1 i �• M �� Part Number Size H J M Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4216-007 3/4 1-3/16 7/32 1-13/32 .09 4216-010 1 1-3/8 9/32 1-25/32 .14 4216-012 1-1/4 1-1/2 5/16 2-3/32 .20 4216-015 1-1/2 1-7/16 13/32 1-3/8 .19 4216-020 2 1-7/8 3/8 2-27/32 .43 4216-030 3 2-3/8 1/2 4-5/32 1.00 MADE IN THE U.S.A. El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS 22-1/20 STREET ELBOW Spigot x Socket J� H1 A M1 �. t / H j I�►�PIPE O.D. Part Number Size H H1 J J1 M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4242-007 3/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1/4 1/2 1-3/8 .08 4242-010 1 1-7/16 1-11132 5/16 7/32 1-23/32 .14 4242-012 1-1/4 1-9/16 1-25/32 17/32 11/16 2-1/16 .21 4242-015 1-1/2 1-13/32 1-23132 112 11/32 2-11/32 .28 4242-020 2 1-29/32 2-1/8 7/32 5/8 2-7/8 .42 4242-025 2-1/2 2-1/8 2-1/4 13/32 1/2 3-1/2 .68 4242-030 3 2-13/32 2-13/32 9/16 17/32 4-5/32 .99 450 ELBOW Socket x Socket 1 H ISM ;I Part Number Size H J M Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4217-007 3/4 1-5/16 5/16 1-5/16 .10 4217-010 1 1-15/32 11/32 1-5/8 .11 4217-012 1-1/4 1-5/8 3/8 2-5/32 .21 4217-015 1-1/2 1-27/32 15/32 2-11/32 .32 4217-020 2 2-1/8 21/32 2-7/8 .48 4217-025 2-1/2 2-1/2 3/4 3-1/2 .96 4217-030 3 2-3/4 7/8 4-5/32 1.22 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS J 450 STREET ELBOW Spigot x Socket J� H1 \� J1 M1 H L------------- 0--l-PIPE O.D. Part Number Size H H1 J J9 M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4227-010 1 1-1/2 1-5116 112 1 /4 1-5/8 .10 4227-012 1-1/4 1-25/32 1-9116 9/16 11/32 1-31/32 .15 4227-015 1-1/2 2-1/32 2-1/8 19/32 25/32 2-11/32 .29 4227-020 2 2-5/16 1-15/16 25132 13/32 2-7/8 .44 CROSS Socket x Socket x Socket x Socket 0Gl1L ,M L1 H1 GIB -----------► H Part Number Size G G1 H H1 L L1 M Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4220-007 3/4 5/8 5/8 1-21/32 1-21/32 3-5/16 3-5/16 1-13/32 .22 4220-010 1 3/4 3/4 1-5/8 1-5/8 3-1/4 3-1/4 1-23/32 .20 4220-012 1-1/4 1-1/8 1-1/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 4-3/4 4-3/4 2-3/32 .63 4220-015 1-1/2 1-7/32 1-7/32 2-5/8 2-5/8 1 5-1/4 5-1/4 2-11/32 .80 4220-020 2 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3 6 6 3 1.43 4220-025 2-1/2 1-23/32 1-23/32 3-13/32 3-13/32 6-13/16 6-13/16 3-1/2 2.11 4220-030 3 2-3/32 2-3/32 3-31/32 3-31/32 7-15/16 7-15/16 4-7/16 3.37 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 10 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS REDUCING CROSS Socket x Socket x Socket x Socket ��►rM 1 H1 1Ll G �► I' ► H L Part Number Size G G1 H H1 L L1 M M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4220-131 1x3/4 7/8 5/8 2 1-5/8 4 3-1/4 1-27/32 1-1/2 .35 4220-167 1-1/4x3/4 1-1/16 23/32 2-1/16 1-31/32 4-3/32 3-31/32 2-1/16 1-13/32 .35 4220-289 2-1/2xl 29/32 1-3/4 2-11/16 2-7/8 5-11/32 5-3/4 3-1/2 1-3/4 .98 COUPLING Socket x Socket N- L t M � Part Number Size L M N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4229-007 3/4 2-1/8 1-5/16 3/16 .05 4229-010 1 2-3/16 1-5/8 3132 .08 4229-012 1-1/4 2-19/32 2 3/32 .13 4229-015 1-1/2 2-7/8 2-11 /32 3/32 .22 4229-020 2 3-1/8 2-7/8 1 /8 .33 4229-025 2-1/2 3-11 /16 3-15/32 3/16 .48 4229-030 3 4 4-3/16 1/4 .89 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS El REDUCER COUPLING Socket x Socket 1 1 M M1 L N � L Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4229-131 1x3/4 2-3/8 1-23/32 1-13/32 7/32 .10 4229-167 1-1/43/4 2-19/32 2-3/32 1-5/8 11/32 .17 4229-168 1-1/4xl 2-11/16 2-3/32 1-23/32 5/16 .18 4229-210 1-1/2x3/4 2-13/16 2-11/32 1-13/32 15/32 .19 4229-211 1-1/2xl 2-7/8 2-11/32 1-15/16 3/8 .24 4229-212 1-112xl-1/4 2-25/32 2-3/8 2-3/32 5/32 .22 4229-248 2x3/4 3-3/16 2-7/8 1-7/16 23/32 .32 4229-249 2xl 3-1/8 2-7/8 1-23/32 1/2 .31 4229-250 2xl-1/4 3-3/16 2-7/8 2-1/8 17/32 .33 4229-251 2xl-112 3-3/16 2-27/32 2-11/32 9/32 .31 4229-291 2-1/2xl-1/2 3-23/32 3-15/32 2-11/32 21/32 .51 4229-292 2-1/2x2 3-21/32 3-1/2 2-7/8 13/32 .52 GROOVED COUPLING ADAPTER Groove x Socket PIPE M1 O.D. I j�N� 1 Part Number Size L M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4233-012 1-1/4 3-5/8 2-3/32 2-11/32 .72 4233-015 1-1/2 3-3/4 2-11/32 2-11/32 .83 4233-020 2 3-27/32 2-27/32 2-11132 1.27 4233-025 2-1/2 3-3/8 3-1/2 1-21 /32 .52 4233-030 3 3-9/16 4-5/32 1-23/32 .72 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 12 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS FEMALE ADAPTER Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt M M1 L--w I � L. Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4235-007 3/4 2 1-13/32 1-3/8 5/16 .23 4235-010 1 2-9/32 1-3/4 1-29/32 13/32 .38 4235-012 1-1/4 2-3/8 2-3/32 2-1/16 13/32 .35 4235-015 1-1/2 2-9/16 2-3/8 2-7/16 7/16 .47 4235-020 2 2-11/16 2-7/8 3-1/32 15/32 1.14 FEMALE ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt I M [I M1 L - NA ~ L Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4235-007SR 3/4 1-7/8 1-13/32 1-3/8 1/8 .09 4235-010SR 1 2-5/32 1-23/32 1-7/8 3/32 .22 4235-012SR 1-1/4 2-5/16 2-1/8 2-1/16 3116 .20 13 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS El FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Socket x SR Fipt r M 0--j M1 1 Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4235-101SR 3/4x1/2 1-13/16 1-13/32 1-3/8 3/32 .12 4235-130SR 1 x 1 /2 1-31 /32 1-23/32 1-3/8 3/32 .16 4235-131SR 1x3/4 2-3/32 1-3/4 1-3/8 1/4 .13 FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style with Socket Wrench Flats Socket x SR Fipt M-------- ----- M1 M = Flat -to -Flat Dimension �L� Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) W4235-101SR 3/41/2 2-9/32 1-13/32 1-3/16 17/32 .09 W4235-130SR 1x1/2 2-9/32 1-3/4 1-3/16 13/32 .12 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 14 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread w/Metal Thread Start Socket x SR Fipt I M 1 I M1 1 N- L Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Z4235-101SIR 3/4xl/2 1-7/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 3/16 .08 Z4235-130SR 1x1/2 2-1/32 1-23/32 1-7/16 5/32 .17 SPIGOT FEMALE ADAPTER Brass Thread Insert Style Spigot x Fipt PIPE O.D. M1 i N ��-► L� Part Number Size L M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4278-007 3/4 2-1 /32 1-3/8 15/32 .14 4278-010 1 2-15/32 1-23/32 9/16 .27 SPIGOT FEMALE ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Spigot x SR Fipt 1 1 PIPE M1 O.D. i N Part Number Size L M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4278-007SR 3/4 1-15/16 1-3/8 11/32 .08 4278-010SR 1 2-1/4 1-23/32 13/32 .13 15 SPEARS` MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS E GASKET SEALED FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Gasket Fipt I M M1 1 N L� Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4235-130GS 1x1/2 2 1-11/16 L1-17/32 1/2 .21 FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt I M M1 L N �L� Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4235-101 3/41 /2 1-7/8 1-13/32 1-17/32 15/32 .19 4235-130 1 x1 /2 2-5/32 1-11 /16 1-3/16 19/32 .16 4235-131 1x3/4 2 1-11/16 1-9/16 19/32 .18 FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Brass Thread Insert Style with Long Body Socket x Fipt 1 1 M M1 L l L Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) L4235-130 1 x1 /2 2-3/16 1-23/32 1-7/32 1 /2 .19 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 16 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Brass Thread Insert Style with Positioning Ring Socket x Fipt M M1 N « L � Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) R4235-101 3/41/2 2-1/32 1-7/16 1-3/16 15/32 .15 FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style with Positioning Ring Socket x SR Fipt r M M1 N L� Part Number Size L M M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) R4235-101SR 3/41/2 1-15/16 1-7/16 1-7/32 7/32 .09 SPIGOT FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Brass Thread Insert Style Spigot x Fipt I PIPE O.D. M1 N -4 ► L - Part Number Size L M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4238-101 3/4x 1 /2 1-15116 1-17/32 17/32 .18 4238-130 1x1/2 2-1/4 1-3/16 11/32 .19 17 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS BUSHING with BRASS THREAD INSERT Spigot x Fipt — PIPE O.D. 1= L� El 4238-130BR I 1x1/2 I 1 1 .13 1 SPIGOT FEMALE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Spigot x SR Fipt PIPE O.D. N� Part Number Size L M1 N Approx. Wt. Lbs. 4238-101SR 3/41/2 1-29/32 1-7/32 1/8 .07 4238-130S R 1x1/2 2-1 /32 1-7/32 7/32 .09 MALE ADAPTER With CPVC Lined Thread Brass Insert Mipt x Socket - — - — — - �► N I — M1 1 Part Number Size L M1 N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4236-007 3/4 2-17/32 1-13/32 13/16 .15 4236-010 1 2-15/16 1-23/32 29/32 .30 4236-012 1-1/4 3-1/8 2-3/32 31 /32 .50 4236-015 1-1/2 3-9/32 2-11/32 31/32 .80 4236-020 12 13-7/16 12-7/8 1 31 /32 11.00 ADJUSTABLE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Q Socket x SR Fipt N Body L Width Part Number Size L N Q Body Width Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Min Max Min Max 42001SR 3/41/2 6-9/32 8 4-7/16 6-1/4 1-7/16 2-3/16 .66 42011SR 1x1/2 6-13/32 8 4-1/2 6-1/8 1-7/16 2-1/8 .68 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 18 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS ADJUSTABLE SPRINKLER HEAD ADAPTER Special Reinforced Plastic Thread Style Spigot x SR Fipt PIPE 0 L.D. Z �N Body � L Width L N Part Number Size Q Body Width Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Min Max Min Max 42004SR 3/4x1/2 5-1/32 6-5/16 1 3-3/16 4-15/32 1-5/16 2-1/8 .36 42014SR 1x1/2 6-7116 8-1/8 4-7/16 6-1/4 1-7/16 2-3116 .67 REDUCER BUSHING Flush Style Spigot x Socket PIPE _ O.D. L N L Part Number Size L N Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4237-131 1 x3/4 1-1/4 1 /4 .04 4237-167 1-1 /4x3/4 1-19/32 17/32 .12 4237-168 1-1 /4x1 1-13/32 9/32 .06 4237-210 1-1/2x3/4 1-11/16 11/16 .19 4237-211 1-1/2x1 1-17/32 13/32 .15 4237-212 1-1/2xl-1/4 1-9/16 5/16 .07 4237-248 2x3/4 1-29/32 29/32 .27 4237-249 2x1 1-29/32 3/4 .25 4237-250 2x1-1/4 1-11/16 7116 .21 4237-251 2x1-1/2 1-11/16 5/16 .15 4237-290 2-1/2xl-1/4 2-13/32 1-5/32 .45 4237-291 2-1/2xl-1/2 2-13/32 1-1/32 .43 4237-292 2-112x2 2-9/32 25/32 .29 4237-338 3x2 2-1/4 3/4 .63 4237-339 3x2-1 /2 2-5/16 1 /4 .40 19 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS El CAP Socket M - - - W Part Number Size M W Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4247-007 314 1-3/8 1-13/32 .05 4247-010 1 1-5/8 1-19/32 .06 4247-012 1-1/4 2-3/32 1-27/32 .13 4247-015 1-1/2 2-11 /32 2 .17 4247-020 2 2-27/32 2-9/32 .39 4247-025 2-1/2 3-17/32 2-11 /16 .48 4247-030 3 4-3/8 3 .92 TEST PLUG - 0-ring Sealed Mipt - For Pressure Testing Only, Not For use with Z4235 Series Adapters L M1 M 1/2 14 NPT Part Number Size L M M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) FTP-005 1 /2 1-27/32 1-15/16 1-7/32 .03 TEST PLUG for TorqueSafeTM Gasket Sealed Head Adapters Mipt - For Pressure Testing Only. Use ONLY with Gasket Sealed Head Adapters L M1 M 1/2 14 NPT Part Number Size L M M1 Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) FTP-005GS 1 /2 1-25/32 2-1 /32 1-1/4 .05 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 20 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS TEST PLUG (PVC White) Not UL Listed; For Pressure Testing Only, Mipt I� L Part Number Size L Approx. Wt. Lbs. 4250-005 1/2 27/32 .02 FLANGE - ONE PIECE 4 Bolt Holes, 175 psi Socket �M�I t Lill N BOLT CIRCLE DIA. MAX O.D. No. of Bolt Min. Bolt Max. Approx. Wt. Part Number Size L M N R Bolt Circle Bolt Size O.D. (Lbs. .) Holes Dia. Length 4251-007 3/4 1-5/32 1-1/2 1/8 17/32 4 2-3/4 1/2 2 3-29/32 .31 4251-010 1 1-5/16 1-13/16 1/8 11/16 4 3-1/8 1/2 2-1/4 4-9/32 .35 4251-012 1-1/4 1-13/32 2-7/32 5132 11/16 4 3-1/2 1/2 2-1/4 4-5/8 .44 4251-015 1-1/2 1-9/16 2-1/2 3/16 23/32 4 3-7/8 1/2 2-1/2 5 .52 4251-020 2 1-27/32 3 11/32 7/8 4 4-3/4 5/8 3 5-31/32 .95 4251-025 2-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 1/2 1-1/32 4 1 5-1/2 5/8 3-1/4 6-15/16 1.57 BLIND FLANGE 4 Bolt Holes, 175 psi LR 2 BOLT CIRCLE DIA. �I MAX O.D. Bolt No. of Bolt Min. Bolt Part Number Size R Bolt Size Max. O.D. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Circle Dia. Holes Length 4253-007 3/4 17/32 2-3/4 4 1/2 2 3-27/32 .30 4253-010 1 23132 3-1/8 4 1/2 2-1/4 4-1/4 .35 4253-012 1-1/4 21/32 3-1/2 4 1/2 2-1/4 4-5/8 .40 4253-015 1-1/2 3/4 3-7/8 4 112 2-1/2 5-1/32 .74 4253-020 2 25/32 4-3/4 4 5/8 3 5-15/16 .89 4253-025 2-1/2 1-1/32 5-1/2 4 5/8 3-1/4 6-15/16 1.70 4253-030 1 3 1 1-5/16 1 6 1 4 1 5/8 1 3-1/4 7-5/8 1.72 21 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS FLANGE - TWO PIECE Van Stone Style, 4 Bolt Holes, 175 psi Socket M L tR i 0 I— BOLT CIRCLE DIA.—I MAX O.D. E Bolt Circle No. of Bolt Min. Bolt Part Number Size L M N R Dia. Holes Bolt Size Length Max. O.D. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4254-030 3 1 2-1/8 1 4-1/4 1 9/32 1 1-1132 1 6 4 1 5/8 1 3-1/4 1 7-15/32 1 1.75 FLANGE - TWO PIECE Van Stone Style, 4 Bolt Holes, 175 psi Spigot PIPE O.D. N L kL R TCIRCLEDIA�i MAX O.D. Bolt No. of Bolt Min. Bolt Max. Part Number Size L N R Circle Bolt Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Size Length O.D. Dia. Holes 4256-007 3/4 1-15/16 13/16 17/32 2-3/4 4 112 2 3-27/32 .30 4256-010 1 2-7/32 1-1/32 11/16 3-1/8 4 1/2 2-1/4 4-1/4 .41 4256-012 1-1/4 2-3/8 1 11/16 3-1/2 4 1/2 2-1/4 4-5/8 .50 4256-015 1-1/2 2-7/16 1-3/32 23/32 3-7/8 4 1/2 2-1/2 4-31/32 .65 4256-020 2 2-3/4 1-5/32 25/32 4-3/4 4 5/8 3 5-15/16 1.00 4256-025 2-1/2 3-1/16 1-9/32 1-1/32 5-1/2 4 5/8 3-1/4 6-15/16 1.62 4256-030 3 1 3-3/8 1 1-13/32 1 1-1/32 1 6 4 5/8 1 3-1/4 1 7-9/16 1.76 UNION Socket x Socket NUT M O.D. 1 _ N L Part Number Size L M N Nut O.D. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4257-007 3/4 2-3/8 1-17/32 3/8 2-1/2 .38 4257-010 1 2-9/16 1-27/32 3/8 2-7/8 .41 4257-012 1-1/4 2-27/32 2-7/32 11/32 3-5/16 .52 4257-015 1-1/2 3-1/8 2-1/2 3/8 3-17/32 .63 4257-020 2 3-5/8 3-1/32 9/16 4-3/16 1.09 MADE IN THE U.S.A. 22 El FlameGuard'" CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS TRANSITION UNION Brass Thread Insert Style Socket x Fipt NUI T ODLAN: L Part Number Size L M N Nut O.D. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) 4259-010BR 1 2-7/8 1-27/32 1 2-7/8 .56 4259-012BR 1-1/4 3 2-3/16 1-1/8 3-9/32 .98 4259-015BR 1-1/2 3-3/4 2-1/2 1-9/16 3-17/32 .93 4259-020BR 2 4-3/16 3-1/32 1-27/32 4-3/16 1.57 SOCKET DIMENSIONS SCH 40 - ASTM F438 SCH 80 - ASTM F439 C f B A Socket Socket SCH 40 Minimum SCH 80 Minimum Size Tolerance Entrance A Bottom B Socket Length C Socket Length C 3/4 1.058 1.046 ± 0.004 0.719 1.000 1 1.325 1.130 ± 0.005 0.875 1.125 1-1/4 1.670 1.655 ± 0.005 0.938 1.250 1-1/2 1.912 1.894 ± 0.006 1.094 1.375 2 2.387 2.369 ± 0.005 1.156 1.500 2-1/2 2.889 2.868 ± 0.007 1.750 1.750 3 3.516 3.492 ± 0.008 1.875 1.875 23 SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY NOTES NOTES NOTES NOTES NOTES NOTES NOTES SPEARS° MANUFACTURING COMPANY Corporate Office E RS 15853 Olden Street • Sylmar, CA 91342 PO Box 9203 - Sylmar, CA 91392 (818) 364-1611 • http://www.spearsmfg.com ,►' v� THE © Copyright 2009 Spears® Manufacturing Company. All Rights Reserved. Printed in the United States of America 01/09. FG-4-0109 Firel-ock"' Installation -Ready" Coupling ✓ctsulic® Style 004N 10.63 2 — 87DN5O — DN2OO 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 2 — 87DN50 — DN200 Pipe Material • Carbon steel • For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications. Maximum Working Pressure • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) up to 365 psi/2520 kPa. • Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe. Function • Joins roll or cut grooved pipe, grooved fittings, valves, and accessories. • Provides a pipe joint designed to accommodate a limited amount of linear and/or angular movement. Pipe Preparation • Cut or roll grooved in accordance with publication 25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c &us <9> LISTED APPROVED NOTE • See publication 10.01: Victaulic Products for Fire Protection Piping Systems - Regulatory Approval Reference Guide for details. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. victaulic.com 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 XAtaullill victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15 available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Orange enamel. ❑ Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements for other coatings. Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) Vic -Plus'"' Pre -lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil -free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at—40°F/-40°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES • Victaulic reserves the right to substitute equivalent and/or higher grade elastomer products. • Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. • Reference should always be made to publication 1-100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M10-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial — heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric — hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulil victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 004N Dimensions for Determining Piping System Installation Clearances Data in the below table is provided for system layout and installation purposes to ensure that adequate clearances are included in the piping system installation relative to other piping components or the building structure for both roll grooved and cut grooved pipe. This is particularly important when the system is free floating, or contains no thrust anchors, and the coupling joints are installed with the pipe ends butted against the gasket2. If installed in this condition, when the piping is pressurized the joints will open to their full nominal pipe end separation3. This movement is cumulative and will be most significant in long runs of piping where multiple couplings are installed in the butted condition. 1- rY Z ox Z X Pre -Assembled Joint Assembled (Installation -Ready'" Condition) Nominal Range of Pipe Size End Separation' Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Pre -Assembled Pipe Ends Actual Butted Full Maximum Maximum (Installation -Ready"' Outside Against Nominal Working End Condition) Joint Assembled Approximate Nominal Diameter Gasket2 Separation Pressure Load4 Qty. Size X Y X Y Z (Each) inches inches inches inches psi Ibs inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DIN mm mm mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 2 2.375 0.13 0.25 365 1617 1/2 x 3 4.38 6.25 3.75 6.38 2.13 3.3 2 DN50 60.3 3.3 6.4 2520 7190 M12 x 76 111 159 95 162 54 1.5 21/2 2.875 0.13 0.25 365 2370 1/2 x 3 4.88 6.88 4.38 6.88 2.13 3.8 73.0 3.3 6.4 2520 10540 2 M12 x 76 124 175 111 175 54 1.7 3 3.500 0.13 0.25 365 3512 1/2 x 31/4 5.63 7.38 5.00 7.50 2.13 4.3 DN80 88.9 3.3 6.4 2520 15620 2 M12 x 83 143 187 127 191 54 2.0 4 4.500 0.18 0.38 365 5805 5/s x 4 7.13 9.38 6.38 9.50 2.38 7.4 DN100 114.3 4.6 9.5 2520 25820 2 M16x101 181 1 238 162 1 241 60 1 3.4 5 5.5625 0.18 0.38 365 8872 3/4 x 5 8.03 11.03 7.31 11.32 2.25 10 141.3 4.6 9.5 2520 39460 2 M20 x 127 204 280 186 288 57 4.5 6 6.625 0.18 0.38 365 12582 3/4 x 5 9.38 12.38 8.63 12.25 2.38 12.8 DN150 168.3 4.6 9.5 2520 55970 2 M20x127 238 314 219 311 60 5.8 8 8.625 0.18 0.38 365 21326 7/s x 51/2 11.00 15.13 10.00 15.13 2.63 20.7 DN200 219.1 4.6 1 9.5 1 2520 L 94860 2 M22 x 139 1 279 1 384 254 384 1 67 9.4 ' These columns provide the nominal range of pipe end separation that may exist at the time of installation. 2 The nominal pipe end separation when the pipe ends are butted against the gasket as illustrated in Figure 1. 3 The full nominal pipe end separation when the pipe ends are separated fully as illustrated in Figure 2. 4 Working pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on (ANSI) steel pipe, grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. Pipe' -• against gasket Figure 1 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 i�t" Pipe ends at full separation restrained by coupling Figure 2 ✓ctaulir victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 004N Design and Installation - Linear Movement and Angular Deflection Data in the table below provides the linear movement and joint deflection capabilities of each coupling. These mechanical properties of the coupling can be used in the design of the piping system to accommodate curves in the piping system, settlement of the building structure, seismic movement, or thermally induced expansion or contraction of the piping. The linear movement6 can be used to accommodate any axial movement of the piping caused by thermally induced expansion or contraction of the pipe. When used in this manner, thrust anchors must be installed at changes in direction, at the ends of straight runs, or to divide long runs of pipe into more manageable sections and reduce movement at branch connections. Reference should be made to Victaulic publication 26.02 for detailed instructions regarding determining thrust anchor or guide locations. The joint deflection'$ can also be used to accommodate the axial change in length of the piping caused by thermally induced expansion or contraction of the piping through the controlled deflection of offsets at existing changes in direction of the piping. Again, refer to Victaulic publication 26.02 for detailed instructions. Size9 Linear Joint Deflection$ Actual Outside Movement Slope of Range Diameter per Couplings,$ Angle at Coupling6 Pipe7 inches inches inches Degrees per in/ft DN mm 2.375 mm coupling mm/m 2 0.09 2.17 0.46 DN50 60.3 2.875 2.3 38.1 21/2 0.09 1.79 0.38 73.0 2.3 31.5 3 3.500 0.09 0.31 DN80 88.9 2.3 1.47 25.9 4 4.500 0.18 2.29 0.48 DN 100 114.3 4.6 40.3 5 5.5625 0.18 1.85 0.39 141.3 4.6 32.4 6 6.625 0.18 1.56 0.33 DN 150 168.3 4.6 27.3 8 EJ 8.625 0.18 120 0.25 DN200 219.1 4.6 . 21.0 5 This is the actual net linear movement available at each coupling for design purposes as illustrated in Figures 1 and 2. 6 This is the actual net deflection angle available at each coupling listed in degrees as illustrated in Figure 3. 7 This is the actual net deflection angle available at each coupling listed as a slope of the pipe as illustrated in Figure 4. 8 These values are the net amount of linear movement or joint deflection available at the couplings. No further reduction, as detailed in Victaulic publication 26.02, is needed to allow for design and installation purposes. 9 The Style 004N Firelock'" Installation -Ready'" Coupling is UL Listed in accordance with the requirements of UL-213. The Style 004N has not been qualified in accordance with the UL213 flexibility requirements for seismic applications. NOTE Exaggerated for clarity Foot/m � - inches/mm Deflection Angle at Each Deflection Angle at Each Coupling Coupling Listed in Degrees Listed as a Slope of the Pipe Figure 3 Figure 4 A coupling joint cannot provide the full linear movement and full angular deflection at the same time. If both linear movement and angular deflection are needed, sufficient couplings must be installed for each purpose. Refer to Victaulic publication 26. 02 for complete details. 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com M ✓ctaulir victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 004N Size cULus FM Actual Outside Nominal Diameter Schedule 10 Schedule 40 Schedule 10 Schedule 40 inches inches psi psi psi psi DIN mm kPa kPa kPa kPa 2 2.375 365 365 365 365 DN50 60.3 2520 2520 2520 2520 21/2 2.875 365 365 365 365 73.0 2520 2520 2520 2520 3 3.500 365 365 365 365 DN80 88.9 2520 2520 2520 2520 4 4.500 365 365 365 365 DN100 114.3 2520 2520 2520 2520 5 5.563 365 365 365 365 141.3 2520 2520 2520 2520 6 6.625 365 365 365 365 DN150 168.3 2520 2520 2520 2520 8 8.625 3659 365 3659 365 DN200 219.1 2520 2520 2520 2520 9 UL Listed and FM approved for .188" wall thickness. NOTES • WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1V2 times the figures shown. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove or adjust any Victaulic piping products. 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulim virtan ir_rnm 5.1 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Firel-ock— Installation -Ready"" Coupling Size Pressure Rating FM UL psi psi inches kPa kPa Pipe Type DIN bar bar 300 300 2-3 DN50— DN80 2070 207020 20 EF 300 200 4 2070 1379 DN100 20 14 300 N/A ET40 2070 N/A DN50 20 N/A 300 N/A EZT 2070 N/A DN50 20 N/A 300 300 2-3 DN50 — DN80 2070 2070 20 20 FF 300 200 4 2070 1379 DN100 20 14 300 N/A GL 2070 N/A 20 N/A 300 300 2-3 2070 2070 DN50 — DN80 20 20 300 200 MF 2070 1379 DN100 20 14 175 N/A 6 1210 N/A DN150 12 N/A 300 N/A MLT 2070 N/A DN50 20 N/A 300 300 2-3 2070 2070 DN50 — DN80 20 20 HF 300 200 4 2070 1379 DN100 20 14 300 N/A WG7, WG7E, WL7 2-4 2070 N/A DN50 — DN100 20 N/A 300 N/A WLS 2070 N/A DN50 20 N/A NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire -Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega -Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • TF = Tex -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex -Tube Co. • WGS, WGSE, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld 5E, WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, Wgalweld 7E, WLight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com R ✓ctaulim victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS "44,21gor JW_-VJ C L A WARNING • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. A WARNING • When assembling Style 004N Couplings onto end caps, take additional time to inspect and verify that the end cap is seated fully against the center leg of the gasket. Always read and follow the installation instructions provided with the product; these instructions can be downloaded at Victaulic.com. • Use only Victaulic End Caps containing the "QV" or "EZ QV" marking on the inside face. • Always read and follow the I-ENDCAP, Victaulic End Cap Installation Safety Instructions, which can be downloaded at Victaulic.com. • Victaulic recommends the use of Victaulic fittings with Style 004N Couplings. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt -welded pipe with sizes NIPS 2'7DN50 and smaller Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com FA ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide 10.01: Victaulic Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide 26.01: Victaulic Design Data 29.01: Victaulic Terms and Conditions/Warranty AN-001: Application Notification - Potential Incompatibility of Type F Pipe, Sizes NPS 2" 1 DN50 and Smaller 1-004N: Style 004N Firel-ockTM Installation-ReadyTM Coupling Installation Instructions 1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Caps Installation Instructions I -IMPACT: Victaulic Impact Tool Usage Guidelines User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending' refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 10.63 19005 Rev B Updated 11/2023 © 2023 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 ✓ctaulil 10.04 Style 744 FireLock° Flange Adapter with Vic -Plus"' Gasket System PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2 - 8" Sizes l (Exaggerated for clarity) DIMENSIONS Style 744 Sizes 2 - 8" (50 - 200 mm) ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flange O•J, IIIIII �O• IIIII Note: Gray area of mating face must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. VICTAWCD ISANIS09001C13RnFl®CCMPPI\Y ViCP/us Gasket System Style 744 FireLock Flange adapter is designed for directly incorporating flanged components with ANSI CL. 125 or CL. 150 bolt hole patterns into a grooved pipe system. Sizes 2 - 8" (50 - 200 mm) are hinged for easy handling with integral end tabs which facilitate assembly. The design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D. to prevent rotation. Because of the outside flange dimension, FireLock Flange adapters should not be used on FireLock fittings. When wafer or lug -type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. FireLock Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie -rods across nonrestrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc., require the use of a FireLock Flange washer. FireLock Flange adapters with Vic -Plus gaskets do not require lubrication. The gasket must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange. Style 744 FireLock Flange Adapters with the Vic-PIusTm Gasket System are designed and recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. Vic -Plus Gasket System: Victaulic° now offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems. The Vic- PIusTM System (patented) is dry, clean, and non -toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over -lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (I-100) for supplemental lubrication requirements. UL FMULC See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. Sealing Surface Dimensions Pipe Sze Max Work Max End Irxdres(rnrn Irxdtes/nillimeters Aprx W9t. Actual Nominal Outside Press.* Load* No. Bolt Each Diameter Diameter PS Llx Bolts t Sze t "A" "B" Lbs. In./n n InJrrm kPa N R94d. Indies NIEK Mn. w X Y Z kg 2 2.375 175 775 4 ea /8 X 2 /4 2.38 3.41 6.75 6.00 4.75 0.75 2.7 50 60,3 1200 3450 60 87 172 152 121 19 1,2 21/2 2.875 175 1135 4 5/X 3 8 2.88 3.91 7.88 7.00 5.50 0.88 4.2 65 73,0 1200 5050 73 99 200 178 140 22 1,9 3 3.500 175 1685 4 e /8 X 3 3.50 4.53 8.44 7.50 6.00 0.94 4.8 80 88,9 1200 7500 89 115 214 191 152 24 2,2 4 4.500 175 2780 8 e /8 X 3 4.50 5.53 9.94 9.00 7.50 0.94 7.1 100 114,3 1200 11045 114 141 252 229 191 24 3,2 5 5.563 175 4250 8 s /4 X 3 /2 5.56 6.71 11.00 10.00 8.50 1.00 8.3 125 141,3 1200 18920 141 171 279 254 216 25 3,8 6# 6.625 175 6030 8 a /4 X 3 /2 6.63 7.78 12.00 11.00 9.50 1.00 9.3 150 168,3 1200 26840 168 198 305 279 241 25 4,2 8# 8.625 175 10219 8 a /4 X 3 /2 8.63 9.94 14.63 13.50 11.75 1.13 13.9 200 219,1 1200 45475 219 252 372 343 298 29 6,3 *Refer to notes below. tTotal bolts required to be supplied by installer. Bolt sizes for conventional flange -to -flange connection. Larger bolts are required when Vic -Flange adapter is utilized with wafer -type valves. # Not available with Vic -Plus gasket system. Lubrication is required. NOTES Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. Style 744 FireLock Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard roll or cut groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. ® REGISTEREDTPADEMNWOFVICTAUJC - © COPYPJGHT2004MCTAJUC - PPoNTEDINU.S.A MdaulicCarparyofPnlaica• R1ore1-800-RCKVIC(1-804742-5842)• FRc610-250-8817• e-rrdI:pickvic@Ada,liaoom VidaiicCorrpaTyofCa>eda• RTore905-884-7444• Fac905-8M-9774• e-rral:viaa>aa@Adaalic.corn MctalicEurope• R1ore32-9-381-1500• Fac32-9-380-4438- endl:vioeuro@,nu daaliabe MdalicPrrencal-abna• R1ae610-559-3300• Fac610-559-3608• endl:vica@ridaliaoom MdalicAsiaRcific• R1ore65-6235-3035• Fac65-6235-0535• e-rrEibAcg)@AdaIicoom 1477 REV D /ictauliO" 10.04 VIC-FLANGE ADAPTER NOTES The Style 744 (2 - 8750 - 200 mm) design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D. to prevent rotation. 2 FireLock Flange adapter should not be used on FireLock fittings. When wafer or lug -type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. 3 FireLock Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie -rods across nonrestrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc. require the use of a FireLock Flange washer. 4 Area A-B noted in the above drawing must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. 5 FireLock Flange adapter gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange. 6 Flange Washers: FireLock Flange adapters require a smooth hard surface at the mating flange face for effective sealing. Some applications for which the Vic -Flange adapter is otherwise well suited do not provide an adequate mating surface. In such cases, it is recommended that a metal Flange Washer be inserted between the FireLock Flange adapter and the mating flange to provide the necessary sealing surface. Typical applications where a Flange Washer should be used are: A When mating to a serrated flange: a standard flat flange gasket should be used adjacent to the serrated flange and then the Flange Washer is inserted between the FireLock Flange adapter and the flange gasket. B When mating to a wafer valve: where typical valves are rubber lined and partially rubber faced (smooth or not), the Flange Washer is placed between the valve and the FireLock Flange adapter. C When mating a rubber faced flange: the Flange Washer is placed between the FireLock Flange adapters and the rubber faced flange. D When mating AWWA cast flanges to IPS flanges: the Flange Washer is placed between two FireLock Flanges. The hinge points must be oriented approximately 90° to each other. If one flange is not a FireLock Flange adapter (e.g. flanged valve), then a standard flat flange gasket must be placed adjacent to that flange and the Flange Washer inserted between the flange gasket and the FireLock Flange adapter. E When mating to components (valves, strainers, etc.) where the component flange face has an insert: follow the same arrangement as in Application 1. F When mating to a Series 705-W Butterfly valve, Style 744 may only be used on one side of the connection. When ordering Flange Washers, always specify product style (Style 744) and size to assure proper Flange Washer is supplied. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Flange Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Coating: Black enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Bolts/Nuts: Supplied by installer Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM - Type A Vic -Plus Gasket System (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Ap- proved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated work- ing pressure using the Grade "E" Type A Vic -Plus Gasket System, requiring no field lubrication for most installation conditions. Standard gasket approved for dry pipe systems to —40°F (-40°C). Based on "typical' pipe surface conditions, supplemental lubricant is recommended for services installed below 0°F (-18°C) and for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to air tests prior to being filled with water. Supplemental lubrication may also be rquired on pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or cracks at the weld seams. This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. 2 Style 744 FireLock° Flange Adapter Rprilacing Coupling STYLE 750 The Style 750 Reducing Coupling permits direct reduction on the piping run. Designed to replace two couplings and a reducing fitting, the Style 750 features a special reducing gasket for pressure responsive sealing. A steel washer which prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical systems assembly is available upon request. C 4t. US FM VdS LPCB LIED 104-1a/05 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others Gasket: (Specify choice*): • Grade "E" EPDM (All other sizes) EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30oF to +230oF/-34oC to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil -free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180oF1+82oC potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. JOB/OWNER System No Location • Grade "T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20oF to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. • Optional: Assembly Washer: Galvanized, carbon steel Bolts/Nuts: Heat -treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Date Approved www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV J Para ✓ct_au lic° 06.08_1 CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS 11191101�] Rpril Icing Coupling STYLE 750 DIMENSIONS Size WNorninal Wo k Pressure Max. End Load Allo . pipe End Sep. T Deflect.Max, Per Pipe ".It / Nut. Approx. Inches/mm 2 x 1 kPa 350 N 500 Inches/ mm 0-0 ' 07 -: 0° - 57' 0.20 2 - 3/8 x 2 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7 50 25 2410 2225 0 - 1.8 17 85 134 48 1.2 1 Y2 350 1000 0 - 0.07 0° - 57' 0.20 2 - 3/8 x 2 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.0 40 2410 4450 0 - 1.8 ° - 04T 17 85 134 48 1.0 2 Yz 2 x 500 2215 0-0 ' 07 0.16 2 - 3/8 x 2 4.00 5.93 1.88 3.1 65 50 3450 9850 0 - 1.8 14 102 151 48 1.4 76.1 mm x 2 350 1550 0 - 0.07 0° - 47' 0.16 2 - /z x 23/a 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 50 2410 6900 0 - 1.8 14 111 168 48 2.1 350 1550 0 - 0.07 0° - 39' 0.13 2 - /z x 23/a 4.75 3 x 2 7.13 1.88 4.9 80 50 2410 6900 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 2.2 500 3250 0-0 ' 07 0° - 39' 0.13 2 _ /z x 23/a 4.75 2'/z 7.13 1.88 4.3 65 3450 14460 0 - 1.8 11 121 181 48 2.0 350 2475 0-0.07 0°-39' 0.13 2_/2x23/4 4.75 88.9mm x 76.1 mm 7.13 1.88 4.2 2410 11010 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 x 350 1550 0 - 0.13 1* - 19, 0.28 2 - 5/8 x 3Ya 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1 100 50 2410 6900 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.7 2'/z 350 2275 0 - 0.13 1 ° - 19' 0.28 2 - 5/8 x 3Ya 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6 65 2410 10125 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9 3 500 4810 0 - 0.13 1 ° - 19, 0.28 2 - 5/8 x 3Ya 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.7 80 3450 21400 0 - 3.2 25 152 6.25 226 8.90 57 2.25 3.0 6.9 114.3 mm x 76.1 mm 350 2475 0 - 0.13 1 ° - 19' 0.28 2 - 5/8 x 3Ya 2410 11014 0 - 3.2 25 159 226 57 3.1 5 x 4 350 5565 0 - 0.13 1' _ 3, 0.22 2 - 1/4x 4 Ya 7.18 10.70 2.13 11.2 125 100 2410 24765 0 - 3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 350 5565 0 - 0.13 0° - 52' 0.18 2 - 1/4 x 4 Ya 6 x 4 8.63 11.90 2.25 16.7 150 100 2410 24765 0 - 3.2 15 181 302 57 7.6 5 350 8500 0 - 0.13 0° - 52' 0.18 2 - 3/a x 4 Ya 8.31 11.90 2.25 12.9 125 2410 37825 0 - 3.2 15 211 302 57 5.9 165.1 mm x 4 350 5565 0 - 0.13 0° - 55' 0.19 2 - 1/4x 4,/a 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2 100 2410 24765 0 - 3.2 16 219 302 57 6.9 8 6 x 350 12060 0 - 0.13 0° - 38 0.13 2 - 7/8 x 5 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.4 200 150 2410 53645 0 - 3.2 11 275 378 64 10.2 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 350 11610 0 - 0.13 0 - 38 0.13 2 - 7/8 x S 10.75 14.88 2.50 23.2 2410 51645 0 - 3.2 11 273 378 64 10.5 10 8 x 350 20450 0 - 0.13 0° - 25' 0.9 2 - 1 x S Yz 13.12 17.26 2.62 31.4 273 219.1 2410 90970 0 - 3.2 8 333 438 67 14.2 Style 750 Reducing couplings should not be used with end caps (#60) in systems where a vacuum may be developed. Contact Victaulic for details. * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum End Load rating based on smaller pipe size. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 Y2 times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/a - 3'/2720 - 90 mm; 25% for 47100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ICtiaUI1C 06.08_2 REV_J CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS Rpolacing Coupling STYLE 750 FLOW DATA HEAD LOSS The head loss across Style 750 Reducing coupling is very small and is essentially the same as for standard short body reducing pipe fittings. Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at ambient temperature. FLOW REDUCING Size Equiv. Pip Length FLOW EXPANDING Size Equiv. Lengl Nominal Inches/mm 2 Siz 1 Sm. Di Feet/rn 5.9 Nominal Inches/mm 1 2 Feeth 2.7 50 x 25 1.8 25 x 50 0.8 2.0 1 '/z 2 1.9 1 '/z 40 0.6 40 x 50 0.6 1.9 2 2'/z 1.0 2Yz 2 65 x 50 0.6 50 x 65 0.3 76.1 mm x 0 0.6 5.5 76.1 mm 3 �3 3 2 3.5 80 x 50 1.7 80 1.1 3.8 3.0 2'/z 4 65 1.2 100 0.9 88.9mm x 76.1 mm 1.2 65 x 80 4 0.8 4 2 6.0 3.0 100 x 50 1.8 100 0.9 6.0 z 65 1.8 76.1 mm x 88.9mm �8 80 1.8 114.3 mm 0.9 114.3mm x 76.1 mm 18 80 x 100 08 5 4 3.0 4 5 3.3 125 x 100 0.9 100 x 125 1.0 6.0 4.6 6 4 6 150 x 100 1.8 150 1.4 .5125 1.4 5 165.1 mm 1.4 4 6.0 5 6 2.3 165.1 mm x 100 1.8 125 x 150 0.7 8 6 7.3 6 8 6.0 200 x 150 2.2 150 x 200 1.8 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 223 165.1 mm x 219.1 mm 15.4 .65 10 8 8.7 8 10 6.3 273 x 219.1 2.65 219.1 x 273 19.2 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 4C-tau I_i REV_J 06.08_3 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 INSTALLATION WARRANTY Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 06.08 1536 REV J UPDATED O8/2012 VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ✓ct-au lic 06.08 Victaulic° FireLockT"" Fittings ✓ctaulilc 10.03 i 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 1 1/4 — 8"/DN32 — DN200 Maximum Working Pressure • Pressure ratings for Victaulic FireLockTm Fittings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Firel-ock EZTM Style 009N couplings (refer to publication 10.64 for more information). Application • FireLockTM fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components Pipe Materials • Carbon steel 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS D o� U5 FM LPCB vds E LISTED EN 10311 Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: Orange enamel. I Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India. ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date victaulic.com 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 �ctauIic victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS �CtoE+toE� u ctoE o 0 t* 'b oE IO Jv�I� tE e No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Straight Tee Cap Actual Approximate Approximate Approximate Approximate Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each T Each inches inches inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 11/4 1.660 - - - - - - 0.82 0.3 DN32 42.4 - - - - - - 21 0.1 11/2 1.900 0.82 0.4 DN40 48.3 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 DN50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8 DN65 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76 1.7 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 DN80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 DN100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4 DN125 139.7 124 5.6 82.6 3.7 124 6.9 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 DN150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 165.1 140 7.9 89 5.2 140 9.9 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 DN200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 8.515 6.81 23.1 - - 6.94 33.6 - - 216.3 173 10.5 - - 176 15.2 - - 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulil victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Data Size Frictional Resistance Equivalent of Straight Pipe' No. 002 Actual Elbows Straight Tee No.001 No.003 Nominal Outside Size Diameter 90' Elbow 45' Elbow Branch Run inches inches feet feet feet feet DN mm meters meters meters meters 1 1/4 1.660 - - - - DN32 42.4 - - - - 1 1/2 1.900 - - - - DN40 48.3 - - - - 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 DN50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 DN65 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 DN80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 DN 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3 DN 125 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 DN 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8 165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 DN200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 8.515 13.0 - 33.0 13.0 216.3 4.0 - 10.1 4.0 1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulim victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS General Notes NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZTM couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZTM Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLockTm No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H/009N couplings. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.64: VictaulicO FireLockT"' Riaid Couolina Style 009N 10.02: Victaulic@ FireLock"^^ Rigid Coupling Style 005H with Vic-PIusTA9 Gasket System 29.01: Victaulic@ Terms and Conditions of Sale User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 10.03 1539 Rev N Updated 09/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓otaulir 4 FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland Tube's Schedule 10 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL° and C-UL Listed. Wheatland Tube is the only manufacturer with FM Approval on 10 NPS Schedule 10 steel fire sprinkler pipe. Approvals and Specifications Schedule 10 meets or exceeds the following standards: • ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10, 1-10 NPS) • NFPA' 13 and NFPA 14 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 is subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. PROJECT: ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: ❑ BLACK CONTRACTOR: Finishes and Coatings Schedule 10 can be ordered in black or hot -dip galvanized to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A53 or A795. Schedule 10 receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion -resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted without special preparation. Every black steel Schedule 10 pipe also receives our MIC SHIELDT' antimicrobial coating to limit corrosion from microbes on the interior of the pipe. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Bar coding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: COMMENTS: ❑ HOT -DIP GALVANIZED DATE: SYSTEM TYPE: 1 Council Avenue, P.O. Box 608 Wheatland, PA 16161 P 800.257.8182 F 724.346.7260 info@wheatland.com wheatland.com Follow us on Twitter: @WheatlandTube 4PWheatland Tube A DIVISION OF ZEKELMAN INDUSTRIES SCHEDULE 10 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS WT./FT. WT./LIFT WT./LIFT WT./LIFT NPS NOMINAL OD NOMINAL ID NOMINAL WALL WT./FT. Hz0 FILLED PCS./LIFT 21' 24' 25' UL in. in. wormm Ibs. Ibs. Ibs. Ibs. Ibs mm mm CRR* 1 1.315 33.4 1.097 27.9 0.109 2.77 1.405 1.814 70 2065 2360 2459 11.4 11/a 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 0.109 2.77 1.807 2.514 61 2315 2645 2756 7.3 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 0.109 2.77 2.087 3.049 61 2673 3055 3183 5.8 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 0.109 2.77 2.640 4.222 37 2051 2344 2442 4.7 21/2 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 0.120 3.05 3.354 5.895 30 2226 2544 2651 3.5 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 0.120 3.05 4.336 7.949 19 1730 1977 2060 2.6 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 0.120 3.05 5.619 11.789 19 2242 2562 2669 1.6 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 0.134 3.40 7.780 17.309 13 2124 2427 2529 1.5 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 0.134 3.40 9.298 23.038 10 1953 2232 2325 1.0 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 0.188 4.78 16.960 40.086 7 2493 2849 2968 1.7 10** 10.750 273.0 10.374 263.5 0.188 4.78 21.230 57.803 2 892 1019 1062 - * Calculated using Standard UL CPR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CPR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of LO). " 10 NPS Schedule 10 is FM Approved but not UL Listed. U` C UL F M APPROVED - 1 Council Avenue, P.O. Box 608 Wheatland, PA 16161 info@wheatland.com wheatland.com WFS-072921 Wheatland Tube P 800.257.8182 Follow us On Twitter: A DIVISION OF ZEKELMAN INDUSTRIES F 724.346.7260 @WheatlandTube FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland Tube's Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL° and C-UL Listed. Approvals and Specifications Schedule 40 meets or exceeds the following standards: • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40, 1-2 NPS) • ASTM A53, Type E, Grade B (Schedule 40, 2-8 NPS) • ASTM A53, Type F, Grade A (Schedule 40, 1-4 NPS) • NFPA"13 and NFPA 14 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 40 is subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. PROJECT: ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: ❑ BLACK CONTRACTOR: Finishes and Coatings Schedule 40 can be ordered in black or hot -dip galvanized to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A53 or A795. Schedule 40 receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion -resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted without special preparation. Every black steel Schedule 40 pipe also receives our MIC SHIELDT' antimicrobial coating to limit corrosion from microbes on the interior of the pipe. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Bar coding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: COMMENTS: ❑ HOT -DIP GALVANIZED DATE: SYSTEM TYPE: 1 Council Avenue, P.O. Box 608 Wheatland, PA 16161 P 800.257.8182 F 724.346.7260 info@wheatland.com wheatland.com Follow us on Twitter: @WheatlandTube 4PWheatland Tube A DIVISION OF ZEKELMAN INDUSTRIES SCHEDULE 40 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS WT./FT. WT./LIFT WT./LIFT WT./LIFT NPS NOMINAL OD NOMINAL ID NOMINAL WALL WT./FT. H2O FILLED PCS./LIFT 21' 24' 25' UL in. mm in. mm -� Ibs. Ibs. Ibs. Ibs. Ibs. CRR* 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 0.133 3.38 1.68 2.055 70 2470 2822 2940 1.000 11/4 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 0.140 3.56 2.27 2.922 51 2431 2778 2894 1.000 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 0.145 3.68 2.72 3.602 44 2513 2872 2992 1.000 2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 0.154 3.91 3.66 5.109 24 1845 2108 2196 1.000 21/2 2.875 73.0 2.469 62.7 0.203 5.16 5.80 7.871 20 2436 2784 2900 1.000 3 3.500 88.9 3.068 77.9 0.216 5.49 7.58 10.783 13 2069 2365 2464 1.000 31/2 4.000 101.6 3.548 90.1 0.226 5.74 9.12 13.400 10 1915 2189 2280 1.000 4 4.500 114.3 4.026 102.3 0.237 6.02 10.80 16.311 10 2268 2592 2700 1.000 5 5.563 141.3 5.047 158.2 0.258 6.55 14.63 23.262 7 2151 2458 2560 1.000 6 6.625 168.3 6.065 154.1 0.280 7.11 18.99 31.498 5 1994 2279 2374 1.000 8** 8.625 219.1 7.981 202.7 0.322 8.18 28.58 50.240 5 3001 3430 3573 1.000 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CPR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of LO). ** 8 NPS Schedule 40 is FM Approved but not UL Listed. U` C UL F M APPROVED - 1 Council Avenue, P.O. Box 608 Wheatland, PA 16161 info@wheatland.com wheatland.com WFS-072921 Wheatland Tube P 800.257.8182 Follow us On Twitter: A DIVISION OF ZEKELMAN INDUSTRIES F 724.346.7260 @WheatlandTube SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3201 90° Elbow I I I I A' I I FIGURE 3201 900 ELBOW Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressure♦ Dimension A Approx. W1. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 11/4 500 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.47 11/2 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 50 1 3450 57.15 1 0.84 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 uD us FM STED APPROVED 'Approval Details and Limitations, mbsite at.—awlintl.com or n Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL: DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3207 R Reducing Cross A I I I A ' I I FIGURE ■ REDUCING CROSS Nominal Size Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 1 x 2 x 2 A g In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1'/4 x 1 t/4 x 1 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 x 25 500 3450 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.41 1.27 0.58 1 /2 x 1 t/2 x 1 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 x 25 500 3450 1.65 41.91 1.80 45.72 1.48 0.67 2 x 2 x I x 1 50 x 50 x 25 x 25 500 1 3450 1.73 1 43.94 2.02 1 51.30 2.10 1 0.95 ♦ —Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US <a> LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF°/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3283 Bushings g �A M- Inside Head FI�B I �A M- Outside Head FIGURE 3283 - BUSHINGS Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions Style Approx. Wt. Each Male (M) x Female (F) A B ( In. (mm) PSI (Va) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.22 15 x 15 1151 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.10 Oluttide HeadOO 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.17 15 x 20 3450 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.08 1'/a x 1 500 0.80 0.28 1.76 Outside 0.28 32 x 25 3450 20.31 7.11 44.70 0.13 1 I/2 x 1 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.45 40 x 25 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.20 11/2 x 1 I/4 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.30 40 x 31 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.14 2 x 1 500 0.88 0.41 1.95 Inside 0.67 50 x 25 3450 22.35 10.414 49.53 0.30 2 x 11/4 500 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.73 50 x 32 3450 22.3 1 .6361 62.99 1 1 0.33 2 x 1 t/2 500 0.88 34 2.48 Outside 0.61 50 x 40 3450 22.35 8. 8.636 61.99 0.28 ♦ -Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, risit our website at, -an, nt.comor ;ontact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3224 Cap } A FIGURE , / Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressure♦ Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.16 0.32 25 3450 29.46 0.15 11/4 500 1.28 0.43 32 3450 32.57 0.20 11/2 500 1.33 0.60 40 3450 33.78 0.27 2 500 1.45 0.91 50 1 3450 1 36.83 1 0.41 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3207 Cross FA ) -;FA ) - FIGURE , Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure♦ In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.98 25 3450 38.10 0.44 11/4 500 1.75 1.50 32 3450 44.45 0.68 11/2 500 1.94 1.90 40 3450 49.27 0.86 2 500 2.25 2.95 50 1 3450 1 57.15 1 1.34 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 LISTED APPROVED tings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintl.com or act an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3201R Reducing 90' Elbow i 2 i I I A I 1 1X2 REDUCINGI' ELBOW Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 A B In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 25 x 15 3450 32.00 34.54 0.20 1 x'A 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 25 x 10 3450 34.79 36.83 0.24 11/4 X 1/2 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 32 x 15 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 11/4 X 3/4 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 32 x 10 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 11/4 x 1 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 32 x 25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.34 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40 x 25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.42 11/z x 11/4 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40 x 32 3450 46.22 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 50x 15 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50 x 10 3450 40.64 50.03 0.56 2 x 1 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 50 x 15 3450 43.94 51.30 0.64 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50 x 32 3450 48.26 53.34 0.70 2 x 11/z 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50 x 40 1 3450 1 51.30 1 54.86 1 0.75 ♦ - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 UI )us <E> STED APPROVED /Approval Details and Limitations, xebsite at www.anvilintl.com or in Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3221R Reducing Coupling 1 AI REDUCING COUPLING Nominal Size Maximum Working Pressure♦ Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 x t/2 500 1.69 0.39 25 x 15 3450 42.92 0.18 1 x 3/4 500 1.69 0.53 25 x 20 3450 42.92 0.24 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintlxom or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS zNvi FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee 2 3 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE ■ REDUCING Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 Pressure♦ A B C In. (mm) PSI Oa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 x 1 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.64 25 x 15 x 15 3450 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.29 1 x 3/4 x 1 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.73 25 x 20 x 15 3450 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.33 1 x 1 x /2 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.71 25 x 25 x 15 3450 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.32 1 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.76 25 x 25 x 10 3450 34.80 34.80 36.83 0.34 1 x 1 x 1 t/4* 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 25 x 25 x 32 3450 41.41 42.41 40.13 0.44 1 x 1 x 1 t/2* 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 25 x 25 x 40 3450 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.53 1 t/4 x 1 x t/2* 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 32 x 25 x 15 3450 34.04 32.00 38.86 0.37 1 t/4 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 32 x 25 x 20 3450 36.83 34.80 41.75 0.41 1 A x 1 x 1 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 32 x 25 x 25 3450 40.13 38.10 42.42 0.45 1 t/4 x 1 x 1 t/4 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 32 x 25 x 31 1 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.49 1 t/4 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 32 x 25 x 40 3450 47.75 45.72 46.22 0.64 11/4 x 1 t/4 x t/z 500 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 32 x 32 x 15 3450 34.04 34.04 38.86 0.39 C UL aS <E> LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintl.com or tact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. FIGURE ■REDUCING Nominal Size Max. Working Pressured Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1'A x 1 t/4 x 3/4 31 x 32 x 20 500 3450 1.45 36.83 1.45 36.83 1.62 41.15 0.92 0.42 1 t/4 x 1 t/4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 500 3450 1.58 40.73 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.42 0.95 0.43 1 t/4 x 1 t/4 x 1 t/2* 32 x 32 x 40 500 3450 1.88 47.15 1.88 41.15 1.82 46.22 1.45 0.66 Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF /FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee C 2 B' A 1 y 1 x 2 x 3 Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 Pressure♦ A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) th (kg) 11/4 x 1 1/4 x 2* 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 31 x 32 x 50 3450 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.79 11/2 x 1 x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 40 x 25 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.43 11/2 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.14 40 x 25 x 20 3450 38.61 34.80 44.45 0.52 11/2 x 1 x 1 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 40 x 25 x 25 3450 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.53 11/2 x 1 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 40 x 25 x 32 3450 46.23 42.42 47.75 0.61 1 �/2 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 40 x 25 x 40 3450 49.28 45.72 49.28 0.66 11/2 x11/4 x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 40 x 32 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.48 11/2 X1 �/4 X'14 500 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.15 40 x 32 x 20 3450 38.61 36.83 44.45 0.5 11/2 x 11/4 x 1 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 40 x 32 x 25 3450 41.91 40.13 45.72 0.57 11/2 x 1 t/4 x 2* 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 40 x 32 x 50 3450 54.86 53.34 51.30 0.86 11/2x1/2x/2 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 40 x 40 x 15 3450 35.81 35.81 19.46 0.52 11/2 x 11/2 x 3/4 500 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 40 x 40 x 20 3450 38.61 38.61 44.45 0.56 1 /2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 40 x 40 x 15 3450 41.91 41.91 45.72 0.59 1 /2 x 1 /2 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 40 x 40 x 32 3450 46.23 46.23 47.75 0.67 Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 Pressured A B In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) L6s. (kg) 1/2x1/2x2* 500 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 40 x 40 x 50 3450 54.86 54.86 51.30 0.90 2 x 1 x 2 500 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.15 50 x 15 x 50 3450 57.15 51.31 57.15 0.98 2 x l A x 2 500 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.30 50 x 32 x 50 3450 57.15 53.34 57.15 1.04 2 x 11/2 x /2 500 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 50 x 40 x 15 3450 37.85 35.81 47.75 0.68 2 x 11/2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 50 x 40 x 10 3450 40.64 38.61 50.04 0.73 2 x 1 /2 x l 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 50 x 40 x 15 3450 43.94 41.91 51.31 0.74 2 x 11/2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 50 x 40 x 32 3450 48.26 46.23 53.34 0.82 2x1/2x1/2 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 50 x 40 x 40 3450 51.31 49.18 54.86 0.91 2 x 1 /2 x 2 500 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 50 x 40 x 50 3450 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.07 2 x 2 x /2 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 50 x 50 x 15 3450 37.85 37.85 47.75 0.73 2 x 2 x 3/4 500 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 50 x 50 x 20 3450 40.64 40.64 50.04 0.76 2 x 2 x 1 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 50 x 50 x 15 3450 43.94 43.94 51.31 0.84 2 x 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 50 x 50 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.93 2x2x1/2 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 50 x 50 x 40 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.99 Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as 'Bull Head Tee". SPRDI-1.15 SPF/FWVIL DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /�IVVIL FIG. 3205 Straight Tee STRAIGHT Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure. In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) tbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.85 25 3450 38.10 0.39 1 /4 500 1.75 1.22 32 3450 44.45 0.55 1 /2 500 1.94 1.55 40 3450 49.27 0.70 2 500 2.25 2.45 50 3450 1 57.15 1.11 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C VL US FM LISTED APPROVED tings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at.—awlintl.com or act an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 Victaulic° Firel-ock"' Installation -Ready'" Rigid Couplings ✓ctauli Style 009N and Style 109 10.64 t- Patented Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Style 009N: 11/4 — 12"/DN32 — DN300 • Style 109: 11/4 — 4"/DN32 — DN100 Pipe Material • Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic • For exceptions reference section 6.0 Notifications Maximum Working Pressure • Accommodates pressures ranging from full vacuum (29.9 in Hg/760 mm Hg) to 365 psi/2517 kPa Function • Joins carbon steel pipe with grooved ends conforming to publication 25.01 • Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c & us FM OLPCB VdS C E LISTED LIPS 1219. Issue 3.1 EN 10311 Cert/l Ref. 104-1a/36 Regulation (i No. 305/2011 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. victaulic.com 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 Actauli victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Li Orange coating ❑ Red coating (standard for EMEA-I and Asia Pacific) ❑ Optional for Style O09N: Hot Dipped Galvanized per ASTM A123 ❑ Optional for Style 109: Mechanically Galvanized per ASTM B695 (available only in North America and Latin America). Gasket: (specify choice) [` Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) Vic -Plus"" Pre -lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry (oil -free air) fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at-40°F/-40°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES • Reference should always be made to publication 1-100, Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. • Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to publication 05.01, Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolt(s) meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M1O-M16) Class 8.8 (M20 and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). ❑ Optional for Style OO9N: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel Heavy Hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling -resistant coating.' 1 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only. Coupling Linkage: High Strength Steel with comparable physical properties to that of the Track Bolt (ASTM A449). Linkage is zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5, Type III Finish. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling J �rl ,rl� iy Iri r�� Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Pre -assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End Pipe End Approx. X Y X Y Nominal Diameter Pressure2 Load2 Separation3 Qty. Size Z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DIN mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 3/8 x 2 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M10 x 51 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 3/8 x 2 3.38 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 1.5 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10 x 51 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/2 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10 x 63 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 21/z 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/2 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10 x 63 114 156 102 156 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/z 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 DN65 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 1 M10 x 63 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 3/8 x 21/z 5.13 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 2.3 DN80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 M10 x 63 130 171 117 171 51 1.0 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 3/8 x 21/z 6.00 7.88 5.63 7.50 2.13 2.9 DN 100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 M 10 x 63 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 1 4.250 365 5178 0.17 2 3/8 x 21/z 5.63 7.38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 M10 x 63 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 5.563 365 8872 0.17 2 1/z x 3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 141.3 2517 39456 4.32 M12 x 76 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 5.250 365 7901 0.17 2 1/2 x 3 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 M12 x 76 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 5.500 365 8672 0.17 2 1/2 x 3 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 DN125 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 M12 x 76 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 6 6.625 365 12582 0.17 21 1/z x 31/4 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 2.25 6.0 DN150 1 168.3 2517 1 44469 4.32 M12x83 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 6.250 365 11198 0.17 1/2 x 31/4 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 159.0 2517 49753 4.32 2 M12 x 83 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 6.500 365 12112 0.17 2 1/2 x 3 1/4 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 M12 x 83 203 260 197 257 57 2.7 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 5/8 x 4 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 DN200 219.1 2517 94863 4.32 2 M16 x 101 276 340 260 333 64 5.2 8.500 365 20712 0.17 2 5/8 x 4 10.63 13.25 10.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 216.0 2517 55968 4.32 1 M16x101 270 1 337 1 260 1 257 1 67 1 5.2 10 10.750 300 27229 0.25 2 7/s x 61/2 13.75 17.00 13.25 17.13 2.75 22.6 DN250 273.0 2068 121121 6.4 M22 x 165 1 349 432 337 435 70 10.3 12 12.750 300 38303 0.25 2 7/8 x 61/z 16.00 19.00 15.50 19.13 2.75 27.6 DN300 323.9 2068 170380 6.4 M22 x 165 406 483 394 486 70 12.5 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 3 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use Fire Lock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. • The Allowable Pipe End Separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N or Style 109 Installation -Ready rigid couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion/contraction or angular movement of the piping system. Contact Victaulic for torsional resistance information. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling II�II Nil oil Size Max. Max. Allow. Pipe Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Pre -Assembled Assembled Outside Working End End Sep. Approx. Nominal Diameter Pressure Load Maximum Qty. Size YL YB X z YL YB X z (Each) inches inches psi Lbs. inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DIN mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm m m mm mm mm mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 3/8 x 21/4 1.97 2.49 3.17 1.95 1.93 2.59 2.84 1.95 1.5 DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 1 M10 x 57 50 63 81 50 49 66 72 50 0.7 11/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 3/8 x 21/4 2.13 2.60 3.41 1.95 2.1 2.68 3.07 1.95 1.6 DN40 48.3 2517 4603 2.54 1 M10 x 57 54 66 87 50 53 68 78 50 0.7 2 2.375 365 1617 0.12 3/s x 21/4 2.32 2.85 3.76 1.98 2.29 2.95 3.45 1.98 1.9 DN50 60.3 2517 7192 3.048 1 M10 x 57 59 72 96 50 58 75 88 50 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 3/e x 21/4 2.63 3.09 4.29 1.99 2.61 3.15 3.93 1.99 2.1 73.0 2517 1 10540 3.048 1 1 M10x571 67 78 109 51 66 80 100 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 7A6 x 2 3/4 2.68 3.22 4.56 2.03 2.64 3.45 4.22 2.03 2.4 DN65 76.1 2517 11476 3.048 1 M11 x69 68 82 116 52 67 88 107 52 1.1 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 7/6 x 2 3/4 2.93 3.53 5.13 2.07 2.89 3.78 4.67 2.07 2.7 DN80 88.9 2517 15620 3.048 1 M11 x69 74 90 130 53 73 96 119 53 1.2 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 7/16 x 2 3/4 3.47 4.01 6.03 2.08 3.43 4.22 5.56 2.08 3.5 DN100 114.3 2068 21223 4.318 1 M11 x69 88 102 153 53 87 107 141 53 1.6 4 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 5 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 109 couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings, use Fire Lock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. • The Allowable Pipe End Separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 009N or Style 109 Installation -Ready rigid couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion/contraction or angular movement of the piping system. Contact Victaulic for torsional resistance information. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com E ✓ctaulic virtaidir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPC13 Actual Outside Nominal Diameter Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40 psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DIN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 365 365 363 363 363 363 11/4 1.660 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 DN32 42.4 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 11/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 2 2.375 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 DN50 60.3 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 — 363 2.875 21/2 2517 2517 2503 2503 — 2500 73.0 25 25 25 25 — 25 365' — 3638 — 363 363 DN65 2517' — 2503' — 2500 2500 7600 257 — 258 — 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 3 3.500 DN80 88.9 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 — 363 363 — — 4.250 — — 2503 2503 — - 108.0 - — 25 25 — — 365 365 363 363 363 363 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 8 5.2500 _ — 25038 — 133.0 33. — — 258 — — — 2909 — 3638 — 232 363 DN125 500 20009 — 25038 — 1600 2500 139.7 39.7 209 — 258 — 16 25 290 365 363 363 232 363 5 5.563 2000 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 141.3 20 25 25 25 16 25 8 6.59 8 2503803 — — _ 159 — — 258 — — — 29010 — 3638 — — 363 200010 — 25038 — — 2500 165 2010 — 258 — I — 1 25 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the end face of the bolt. 12 FM approved for 0.188" pipe wall. 13 cULus listed for 0.188" pipe wall. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulic virtaidir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPCB Actual Outside Nominal Diameter Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40 psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DIN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 300 365 300 363 232 363 6 6.625 2068 2517 2068 2503 1600 2500 DN150 168.3 20 25 20 25 16 25 290 — 3638 — — — 8.515 2000 — 2503' — — — 216.3 20 — 25' — — — 300 365 30012 363 232 363 8 8 8.625 2068 2517 206812 2503 1600 2500 D 219.1 20 25 2012 25 16 25 30013 300 30012 300 — — 10 .7.7 50 10DN250 206813 2068 206812 2068 — — 2 0 2013 20 2012 20 _ _ 30013 300 25012 300 — — 12 12.750 206813 2068 172012 2068 — — DN300 3.75 23. 2013 20 1712 20 _ _ 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40' F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458 (EN 10220) 2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387 (EN 10255) Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners, cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table. The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of "316" on the end face of the bolt. 12 FM approved for 0.188" pipe wall. 13 cULus listed for 0.188" pipe wall. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com R ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvalsls The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/ Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus FM VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch.10 Sch.40 Sch.10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DIM m m bar bar bar bar bar bar 365 365 365 365 232 363 11/4 1.660 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 DN32 42.4 25 25 25 25 16 365 232 25 365 365 365 363 11/2 1.900 DN40 48.3 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 365 365 365 365 232 363 2 2.375 DN50 60.3 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 365 365 365 365 — — 21/2 2.875 2517 2517 2517 2517 — — 73.0 25 25 25 25 — — 365 365 365 365 232 363 3.000 DN65 76.1 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 25 25 25 25 16 25 365 365 365 365 232 363 3 3.500 2517 2517 2517 2517 1600 2503 DN80 88.9 25 25 25 25 16 25 300 365 300 300 — 290 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 2068 2517 2068 2068 — 2000 20 1 25 2Q 20 15 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems -40° F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-109 for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnm 5.2 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 009N Two -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cU Lus FM psi psi inches kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 1 1/4-4 300 EF DN32 — DN100 2068 N/A 20 300 300 1 1/4 — 2 EL DN32 — DN50 2068 2068 20 20 300 ET40 1 1/4 — 2 2068 N/A DN32 — DN50 20 300 EZF 3-4 2068 N/A DN80 — DN 100 20 300 300 EZT 1 1/4 — 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 300 FF 1 1/2 — 4 2068 N/A DN40 — DN 100 20 300 300 GL 1 1/4 — 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 300 300 1 1/4-4 2068 2068 DN32 — DN 100 20 20 MF 175 175 6 1205 1205 DN150 12 12 300 300 MT 1 1/4 — 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 300 MILT 1 1/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 300 TF 2'/z — 4 N/A 2068 73.0 mm — DN100 20 175 300 WG5, WGSE, WF5, WG7, WG7E, WL7 1 1/4 — 4 1205 2068 DN32 — DN 100 12 20 300 300 WLS 11/4-2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire -Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega -Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MILT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • TF = Tex -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex -Tube Co. • WG5, WGSE, WF5 = WGalweld 5, WGalweld 5E, WFlow 5 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WG7, WG7E, WL7 = WGalweld 7, Wgalweld 7E, WLight 7 steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com S ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnm 5.3 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 300 1 1/4 — 21/2 N/A 2068 DN32 — 73.0 mm 20 300 EF 11/2 — 21/2 20668 N/A DN40 — 73.0 mm 20 300 300 3-4 DN80 — DN100 2068 2068 20 20 300 11/4-2 DN32 — DN50 N/A 2068 20 Easy -Flow 300 3-4 N/A 2068 DN80 — DN100 20 300 EL 11/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 300 300 11/4 — 2 ET40 DN32 — DN50 2068 2068 20 20 300 11/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 EZT 300 11/2-2 2068 N/A DN40 — DN50 20 300 300 FF 11/z 4 20268 20068 DN40 — DN 100 20 300 GL 11/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 300 300 MF 11/4 — 4 20268 20068 DN32 — DN100 20 300 300 1 1/4-2 MT DN32 — DN50 2068 2068 20 20 300 300 MLT 11/4 2 2068 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 1 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • Easy -Flow = Easy -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire -Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega -Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • TF = Tex -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex -Tube Co. • WG7, WG7E = WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnnn 5.3 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Specialty Pipe Style 109 One -Bolt Installation -Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 300 TF 21/2 —4 N/A 2068 73.00 mm — DIN 100 20 300 11/4-2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 WG7, WG7E 20 300 3-4 N/A 2068 DN80 — DN100 20 300 WLS 1 1/4 — 2 N/A 2068 DN32 — DN50 20 NOTES • EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • Easy -Flow = Easy -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan Mannesmann Boru. • EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF = Fire -Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • GL = GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF = Mega -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT = Mega -Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MILT = MILT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • TF = Tex -Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex -Tube Co. • WG7, WG7E = WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 ✓ctauli victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING _ Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. NOTICE • Victaulic does not recommend the use of any furnace butt -welded pipe with sizes 2'VDN50 and smaller Victaulic gasketed joint products. This includes, but is not limited to, ASTM A53 Type F pipe. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Seal Selection Guide 25.01: Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications 1-009N: Installation Instructions Fire Lock EZTm Rigid Coupling Style 009N 1-100: Victaulic Field Installation Handbook 1-109: Installation Instructions FireLockTm One -Bolt Rigid Coupling Style 109 I-ENDCAP: Victaulic End Caps Installation Instructions I -IMPACT: Impact Tool Usage Guidelines AN-001: Application Notification - Potential Incompatibility of Type F Pipe, Sizes NPS 2" 1 DN50 and Smaller User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 10.64 07072 Rev R Updated 10/2021 © 2021 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 ✓ctauli SECTION 2 I so rm"goic" of 9i. MM , 11 MIXei ILI Cc HANGER RODS Z /ANVIL Fig. 146 Size Range:'/a" through 1'/2" Stocked in six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order. Material: Carbon steel or Stainless Steel Gr 304 Threads: National Coarse (USS), rod threaded complete length. Finish:❑ Plain or❑ zinc Plated (Hot -Dip Galvanized optional) Maximum Temperature: 650° F. Ordering: Specify rod diameter and length, figure number, name and finish. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450T is at the discretion of the end user. Length I,I�Illlllllllllllllllppllllllp�111111111111�111111111111111111111111pllllllp111111�111111111111111111pllllllppllllllll�llllllllllllppll�llllllll�llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll�llllllllllllp111111�11111111111111111111�1 Continuous Threaded Rod FIG. 146: LOADS (LBS) • WEIGHTS (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) Rod Size A Threads per Inch Max Load 650° F Weight per Ft. '/a 20 240 0.12 % 16 730 0.30 '/2 13 1,350 0.53 % 11 2,160 0.84 3/a 10 3,230 1.20 7/8 9 4,480 1.70 1 8 5,900 2.30 1'/a 7 9,500 3.60 1'/2 6 13,800 5.10 Note: Other rod sizes available upon request. Class 2 fit is available upon request. PROJECTi• rAPPROVAL STAMP Project: []Approved Address: ❑Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PH-1.15 Aiuvi L S t a r TM Fire Products Division of Anvil International February 2009 -, Y CpVC PIPE HANGERS B U I L D I N G C O N N E C T 1 O N S T H A T L A S T SPF/RNVIC Catawissa- A-%Ster- Z���-�� �M/�L r1 ialwl� smuT- © \+rI BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST For over 150 years, Anvil has worked diligently to build a strong, vibrant tradition of making connections from pipe to pipe and people to people. We pride ourselves in providing the finest -quality pipe products and services with integrity and dedication to superior customer service at all levels We provide expertise and product solutions for a wide range of applications, from plumbing and mechanical, HVAC, industrial and fire protection to mining, and oil and gas. Our comprehensive line of products includes: grooved pipe couplings, grooved and plain -end fittings, valves, cast and malleable iron fittings, forged steel fittings, steel pipe nipples and couplings, pipe hangers and supports, channel and strut fittings, mining and oil field fittings, along with much more. As an additional benefit to our customers, Anvil offers a complete and comprehensive Design Services Analysis for mechanical equipment rooms, to help you determine the most effective and cost-efficient piping solutions for your pipe system. Anvil is a proud member of the United States Green Building Council (USGBC) Go to the Anvil website to obtain manufacturer recycled certificates and other green information. At Anvil, we believe that responsive and accessible customer support is what makes the difference between simply delivering products — and delivering solutions. ANVILSTAR PRODUCT Figure 185 - ne o e ip rap Size Range: 3/4' through 2" Finish: Galvanized steel Service: Hanger for CPVC pipe in the horizontal position on the side of structural wood beams and Steel 20 Ga. (min) with hanger tab in the upward position only (Fig. A). C UL US It can also be used as a guide to limit movement of vertical CPVC pipe with the tab LISTED in the horizontal position. Approvals: UL listed. Features: • Beveled edge design helps protect the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. • Easily attaches to wood structure with #10 x 1" hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre -drilling required. Ordering: Specify CPVC pipe size, figure number and description. • Steel applications require one (1) #14 x 1" hex washer head self -drilling TEK screw. Not Supplied. Part Number STD-0090. Installation: • Place hanger over pipe. • Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. A B M Fig. A FIG.185: WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) CPVC Pipe Size Item Number A B ieC E F Max. Hanger Spacing (FT.) Box Quantity Approx. Weight/100 (Ibs) Small Master 3/a 0560084006 V/16 21/ '/a 1'/8 1'/4 5'/z 50 200 8 1 0560084014 1'A 2% '/a 1 % 11/ 6 50 150 9 1'/4 0560084022 111/6 3 '/a 1% 1'/8 6'/z 50 100 10 1'/z 0560084030 1'/8 Vi6 '/a 1% 2% 7 50 100 12 2 1 0560084048 1 2 1 3% 1 '/a 1 1% 1 2% 1 8 1 50 1 100 1 14 www.anvilstar.com 1 3 ANVILSTAR PRODUCT LINE ., Size Range: 3/4" through 2" Finish: Galvanized steel Pipe Strap Service: Hanger for CPVC pipe in the horizontal position on the bottom and side of structural wood beams, composite beams and Steel 20 Ga. (mi (Fig. A, C respectively). Can be used as a restrainer when installed on top o structural wood beams (Fig. B), for limiting pipe movement due to thrust loads during sprinkler system start-up. It can also be used as a guide to limit movement for pipe in the vertical position. When used on composite wood beams, web thickness must be 1/8" or greater. Approvals: UL listed. Features: • Dimples secure hanger to pipe for quick installation. n.) C U` US f LISTED • Beveled edge design helps protect the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. • Easily attaches to wood structure with #10 x 1" hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre -drilling required. Ordering: Specify CPVC pipe size, figure number and description. • Steel applications require two (2) #14 x 1" hex washer head self -drilling TEK screws. Not Supplied. Part Number STD-0090. Installation: • Snap hanger over pipe. Dimples will prevent hanger from falling off pipe. • Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. • Do not make adjustments to hanger mounting flanges that result in clamping the pipe to the mounting surface. Pipe must be allowed to move freely. F Fig. B Fig. A Fig. C FIG.186: WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) CPVC Pipe Size Item Number A B eC E F Max. Hanger Spacing (FT.) Box Quantity Approx. Weight/100 (Ibs) Small Master 3/4 0560084055 1 213/ s '/4 1'/8 1'/8 5'/z 50 300 5 1 0560084063 1'/4 3'/4 '/4 1'/8 1'/z 6 50 300 6 1'/4 0560084071 15/,s 3% '/4 1'/8 111/6 6'/z 50 150 7 1'/z 0560084089 19/s 3'/a Y4 1Ya 2Ya 7 50 100 8 2 1 0560084097 1 11/16 1 45/s 1 Y4 1 1Ya 1 29/s 1 8 1 50 1 100 1 9 4 1 ANVILSTAR Figure 187 - Two Hole 90° Side Mount Strap Size Range: 3/4' through 2" Finish: Galvanized steel Service: Hanger for CPVC pipe in the horizontal position on the bottom of structural wood beams and Steel 20 Ga. (min.) (Fig. A). Can be used as a restrainer, only in Steel20 Ga. (min) (Fig. 8). During installation, adjust hanger mounting flanges such that pipe contacts both mounting surface and hanger, minimizing vertical pipe movement. Approvals: UL listed. Features: L. • Beveled edge design helps protect the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. • Easily attaches to wood structure with #10 x 1" hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre -drilling required. Ordering: Specify CPVC pipe size, figure number and description. • Steel applications require two (2) #14 x 1" hex washer head self -drilling TEK screws. Not Supplied. Part Number STD-0090. Installation: • Snap hanger over pipe. Dimples will prevent hanger from falling off pipe. • Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. • Do not anchor tightly to mounting surface. Pipe must move freely through hanger. A Fig. A I C UL US LISTED Fig. B FIG.187: WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) CPVC Pipe Size Item Number A B �iC E F Max. Hanger Spacing (FT.) Box Quantity Approx. Weight/100 (Ibs) Small Master 3/4 0560084105 1 11/2 1/4 11/8 2% 51/z 50 200 5 1 0560084113 11/8 11/2 1/4 11/8 213/s 6 50 150 6 11/4 0560084121 V/16 1 % 1/4 11/8 31/4 61/z 50 150 7 11/z 0560084139 11/2 1'/8 1/4 11/8 31/2 7 50 100 8 2 0560084147 1 1% 1 2 1 1/a 1 1% 1 3% 1 8 1 50 100 1 9 www.anvilstar.com 1 5 ANVILSTAR PRODUCT ,j,',&W6_'Ho1e Stand Off Strap Size Range: 3/4' through 2" Finish: Galvanized steel Service: Support for CPVC pipe off the face of structural wood beams (Fig. A) eliminates the use of back-up blocks. It can also be used as a hanger for CPVC pipe in the horizontal position on the bottom of structural wood beams and Steel 20 Ga. (min.) (Fig. B). Approvals: UL listed. Features: • Beveled edge design helps protect the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. • Easily attaches to wood structure with #10 x 1" hex washer head self threading screw supplied with product. No pre -drilling required. • Eliminates wooden spacer blocks. Ordering: Specify CPVC pipe size, figure number and description. • Steel applications require two (2) #14 x 1" hex washer head self -drilling TEK screws. Not Supplied. Part Number STD-0090. Installation: • Snap hanger over pipe. • Position hanger back around pipe but allow for pipe movement. • Secure hanger to mounting surface with screws provided. Recheck to insure that the pipe moves freely in hanger. .i F Fig. A Fig. B C (@ US LISTED FIG.188: WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) CPVC Pipe Size Item Number A B �1C E F Max. Hanger Spacing (FT.) Box Quantity Approx. Weight/100 (lbs) Small Master 3/a 0560084154 15/ 6 3'/4 '/a 1 % 23/a 5'/z 50 150 5 1 0560084162 1 % 3% '/a 1'/8 3 6 50 100 6 1'/4 0560084170 1'/z 3" /s '/a 1'/8 Vi6 6'/z 50 100 7 1'/z 0560084188 17/8 4% '/a 1'/8 Vi6 7 25 75 8 2 0560084196 2 1 41/z 1 1/4 11/s 1 4% 1 8 1 25 1 50 1 9 6 1 ANVILSTAR BRANDS OF ANVIL INTERNATIONAL Z /ANVI L Anvil° product lines include malleable and cast iron fittings, unions and flanges; seamless steel pipe nipples; steel pipe couplings; universal anvilets; forged steel fittings and unions; pipe hangers and supports; threaded rod; and engineered hangers. The Gruvlok° product line consists of couplings for grooved and plain -end fittings, butterfly valves and check valves; flanges; pump protection components; pipe grooving tools; as well as copper and stainless steel system components. SPF L The SPF/Anvil'" product line includes a variety of internationally sourced products such as grooved couplings, fittings and flanges, cast iron, malleable iron and ductile iron threaded fittings, steel pipe nipples, as well as o'lets. (cam Beck steel pipe nipples and steel pipe couplings are manufactured in accordance with the ASTM A733 Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Pipe Nipples. Steel pipe couplings are manufactured in accordance with the ASTM A865 Standard Specification for Threaded Couplings, Steel, Black or Zinc - Coated (Galvanized Welded or Seamless, for Use in Steel Pipe Joints. Beck API couplings are manufactured in accordance with the API Specification for line pipe. /ANVIL—STRUTI Anvil -Strut'" products include a complete line of channel in stock lengths of 10 and 20 feet, with custom lengths available upon request. A variety of fittings and accessories are also offered. All products can be ordered in an assortment of finishes and material choices including SupR-Green'", Zinc Trivalent Chromium, pre -galvanized, hot -dipped galvanized, electro-galvanized, aluminum, plain, and stainless steel. .&ANALStar- AnvilStar'" offers a complete line of products for the fire protection industry, including Gruvlok° couplings, fittings, flanges; valves, and roll groovers; steel pipe nipples and couplings; cast and malleable iron threaded and flanged fittings; pipe hangers and supports; Merit® tee -lets, drop nipples; steel welding flanges; SPF grooved couplings, fittings, and flanges; SPF cast iron and ductile iron threaded fittings, o'lets, steel pipe nipples; and Mueller valves and indicator posts. ZIE �_Za JB Smith'' is the leading manufacturer of oil country tubular fittings, swages and bull plugs — all meeting API specifications. Offering tubing nipples, casing nipples as well as a full line of traditional line pipe and oil country threads in every schedule, JB Smith is the resource for all your oilfield needs. 4�RIT The Merit° product line includes a variety of tee -lets, drop nipples, and steel welding flanges for fire protection applications. Most Merit products are UL/ULC Listed, FM Approved, and rated from 175 to 300 psi. ©Catawissa- PERFORMANCE UNDER PRESSURE Catawissa'" NACE and API approved wing unions for Standard and Sour Gas Service are offered in non -pressure seal ends as well as threaded and butt weld, and are interchangeable with most leading union manufacturers. Fully traceable and available with complete mill certifications, Catawissa's oilfield wing union product line includes the standard ball -and -cone design plus our unique Figure 300 Flat Face design, where space and pipe line separation are a consideration. C&NVIL Canvil° manufactures low pressure hexagon reducer bushings, as well as plugs and hex caps up to 1" in diameter in various finishes including Oil Treat, Phosphate and Electro Galvanized. In addition, Canvil manufactures A105 hex or round material in class 3000 and 6000 pound, forged steel couplings and bar stock products offered as either as normalized (A105Nj or non -normalized (A105j that are fully traceable for mechanicals and chemistry through our MTR program. 1 ANVIL Building Connections That Last Eastern Region SERVICING: Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North and South Carolina, East Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia 800 Malleable Road Columbia, PA 17512 Tel: 708-885-3000 Fax: 708-534-5441 Toll Free: 1-800-301-2701 Northern Region SERVICING: Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, North and South Dakota, Ohio, West Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Wisconsin 750 Central Avenue University Park, IL 60466 Tel: 708-885-3000 Fax: 708-534-5441 Toll Free: 1-800-301-2701 Southern Region SERVICING: Alabama, Arkansas, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas 1313 Avenue R Grand Prairie, TX 75050 Tel: 972-343-9206 Fax: 972-641-8946 Toll Free: 1-800-451-4414 Western Region SERVICING: Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming 1385 Greg Street Sparks, NV 89431 Tel: 775-331-7029 Fax: 775-331-5075 Toll Free: 1-800-572-0051 Corporate Offices 1 10 Corporate Drive, Suite 10 P.O. Box 3180 Portsmouth, NH 03802-3180 Tel: 603-422-8000 Fax: 603-422-8033 E-mail: webmaster@anvilintl.com Anvil International Canada Corporate Michael J. Warne, General Manager mwarne@anvilintl.com 390 Second Avenue P.O. Box 40 Simcoe, Ontario N3Y 4K9 Tel: 519-426-4551 Fax: 519-426-5509 Quebec & Atlantic 2625 Brabant Marineau St. Laurent, Quebec H4S 1 R8 Tel: 514-745-3835 Fax: 514-745-9079 Toll Free: 1-800-661-8998 Ontario 390 Second Avenue P.O. Box 40 Simcoe, Ontario N3Y 41<9 Tel: 519-426-4551 Fax: 519-426-5509 Toll Free: 1-800-661-8998 Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta & British Columbia 5506-48 St. NW Edmonton, Alberta T613 2Z1 Tel: 780-413-8274 Fax: 780-413-8298 Toll Free: 1-800-661-8998 Anvil International Worldwide Customer Service Center Tel: 708-885-3000 Fax: 708-534-5441 Europe and Middle East Region Rick van Meesen, Sales Director rvanmeesen@anvilintl.com Tormentil 15 7483 BR Haaksbergen The Netherlands Tel: +31-53-5725570 Fax: +31-53-5725579 U.S. Customer Service Tel: +1-708-885-3000 Fax: +1-708-534-5441 Mexico, Puerto Rico and Latin America Abraham Quilada, Sales Manager Tel: +1-281-590-4600 U.S. Customer Service Tel: +1-708-885-3000 Fax: +1-708-534-5441 B U I L D I N G C O N N E C T I O N S T H A T L A S T SPF/RNVIL C/��Star- -s d�111bIL r pIWIL, STRUT" © oEa.oa.,..�.atawissa- www.anvilintl.com #155/Printed in USA/RPI/5M/©Copyright 2009 Revision Date: 2.1 1 .09 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 510 CPVC - STEEL - COPPER HANGER SIZE - 3/4" thru 3" pipe. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Mil. Galvanized. LISTING/APPROVAL - e Pas 203 - EX 4231, EX 2551 FUNCTION - To support horizontal piping - CPVC, Copper or Steel. Hanger in listed mounting positions - Top, Bottom or Side. Also, provides stability on vertical piping. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13, 13R, 13D and CPVC manufacturers instructions on top, bottom or side of building element. Space by pipe type. SPECIAL NOTE: When installing on CPVC sprinkler system pipe: Verify that all assembly components are cleaned of any surface oil. FASTENERS - UL Listed per NFPA 13 in WOOD: 3/4" - 3" CPVC pipe - #905 screw - no pre -drill. 3/4" - 3" Copper pipe - #905 screw - no pre -drill. 3/4" - 3" Steel pipe - 1/4"xl l/2" lag screw - no pre -drill. in STEEL - min. 18 GA. 3/4" - 3" CPVC pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. 3/4" - 3" Copper pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. 3/4" - 3" Steel pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. FEATURES * Offset edge eliminates abrasion. * Retainer dimples secure hanger to pipe during installation. * Required AFCON #905 screw has 5/16" hex head - included. ORDERING - Part # and pipe size. *CAN ALSO BE USED TO REPLACE - #500 Pipe Strap #520 Tin Strap Specific AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other AFCON products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER - AFCON will NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by AFCON. AFCON shall NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, when non-AFCON products have been, or are used. 1/08 I= P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 514 OFFSET CPVC HANGER SIZE - 3/4" thru 3"pipe. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Mil. Galvanized.. LISTING/APPROVAL - e@as 203 - EX 4231, EX 2551 a PATENT - No. 6,648,278. FUNCTION - 3/4"-2" Hanger/restrainer for horizontal CPVC, Copper or Steel pipe. Listed hanger/restrainer in all 3 mounting positions, i.e. vertical surface and both top and bottom of horizontal surface. Provides listed vertical/lateral restraint and prevents upward movement of pipe that supplies a pendent sprinkler below a ceiling. Size 2 Y2" Hanger for horizontal CPVC pipe. Listed hanger in all 3 mounting positions. i.e. vertical surface and both top and bottom of horizontal surface. Size 3" Hanger for horizontal CPVC pipe in two mounting positions, side and bottom. i.e. vertical surface and bottom of horizontal surface. Stabilizes vertical piping by providing horizontal restraint. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Space by pipe type. Install on wood, concrete or steel - See Drawings. Snap over pipe then squeeze strap back allowing pipe to slide freely. Listed When #905 threads are exposed in wood, install #906 backing nut. 3/4' SPECIAL NOTE: When installing on CPVC sprinkler system pipe: Verify that all assembly components are cleaned of any surface oil. FASTENERS - UL Listed per NFPA 13 WOOD - 3/4" - 3" CPVC pipe - #905 screw- no pre -drill. 3/4" - 2" Copper pipe - #905 screw- no pre -drill. 3/4" - 2" Steel pipe - 1/4"xl 1/2" lag screw - no pre -drill. Thru 5/8" gypsum board - 1/4" x 2" lag screw. STEEL - min. 18 GA. - 3/4" - 3" CPVC pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. 3/4" - 2" Copper pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. 3/4" - 2" Steel pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. CONCRETE: Required minimum load each fastener = 5(wt)+250lbs. 2 FEATURES * 1 1/2" Offset - loose fit allows pipe to slide. * 3/4" and 1" pipe size made with common center -line. * Patented design for superior strength. * Offset edge eliminates abrasion. * AFCON #905 screw has 5/16" hex head - included. ORDERING - Part # and pipe size. AFCON #906 backing nut sold separately. #905 #906 1.5000 i 3.00 0 0 4 • � � o 0 4 Listed Restraint 3/4" thru 2" Specific AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other AFCON products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER - AFCON will NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by AFCON. AFCON shall NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, when non-AFCON products have been, or are used. 6/08 Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - 3/8" to 3/4" Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe V (25mm) thru 2" (50mm), B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31.7mm) thick. Material: Steel Function: Multi -functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L, or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 66. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM IDS 2-8. Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Fig. 4L Fig. 980 (DTOLCO FM APPROVED Longitudinal Brace Part Mtg. Hdw. Mounting Hole Max. Design Load** (FM) Approx. Number Size A B D 30' - 44' 45' - 59' 60' - 74' 75' - 90' W000 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs./(MN lbs./(kN) Ibs. (kg) 980-3/8 3/8" (9.5) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/32" (10.3) 149 (67.6) 980-1/2 * 1/2" (12.7) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 17/32" (13.5) 1320 1970 2310 2550 148 (67.1) 980-5/8 5/8" (15.9) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 11/16" (17.5) (5.87) (8.76) (10.27) (11.34) 147 (66.7) 980-3/4 3/4" (19.0) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/16" (20.5) 146 (66.2) * Standard size. ** Installed with 1 " or 11/4" Schedule 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 67 B-Line by V:TeW il #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part # 8273910 H�A.�M,,�M,,�Y� Not less than 2" nominal width (1-1/2") up to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3" (2-1/2") nominal width 4" & 5" pipe Floor Joist Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3" from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2" or thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. Consult t recommei SWG 80 • No pre -drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Assembled in the U.S.A. View our installation videos! Wobble 3/8" 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 3/8" 8021957 SWG 20 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 3/8" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 3/8"* 8023925 SWG 30 1/4 x 3" 1884 (Fir) 25 125 "MAW a4VW .r.rIp ,new 9 Ww Ir 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1257 (Fir) 1903 Dim. Lumber 1050 • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. • Accommodates up to 3'W' x 12 pitch roof. • Allows 17' deflection from vertical. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Assembled in the U.S.A. 3/8"* 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5116 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 45°off vertical 1500 25 125 • May require pre -drilling; consult joist manufacturer. " Will not swivel until installed with black nut driver. Dim. Lumber 850 @ 45 SIDEWINDERS @ horizontal mount Approvals Rod Screw Box 1 A o o d Size escriptions tty. (per 125) �G tt uu 1/4" 8018957 SWG 100 1/4 X 1 25 9.32 125 1/4" 8019957 SWG 200 1/4 X 2 25 10.78 125 UL 3/8" 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 X 1 25 7.88 125 UL 3/8" 8021957 SWG 20 1/4 X 2 25 9.45 125 UL 3/8" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 X 2-1/2 25 12.54 125 3/8" 8023925 SWG 30 1/4 X 3 25 10.70 125 Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Box Weight 4Ca,.5teel Size No. Descriptions Qty. (per 125) 1/4" 8047957 SWD100 1/4-14 X 1 25 9.35 1/4" 8049957 SWDR 100 1/4-20 X 1 25 10.37 125 3/8" 8050957 SWD 10 1/4-14 X 1 25 8.04 3/8" 8051957 SWD 15 1/4-14 X 1-1/2 25 8.47 125 ' Part # 8114910 - 3/8" 18052957 ' SWD 20 1/4-14 X 2 25 9.10 1:fflM 3/8" 8053957 SWD 516 5/16-18 X 1-1/4 25 8.94 125 �/8" A8054957_jSVVDR 1-1/2 1/4-20 X 1-1/2 _&5 9.47 UL • FM 3/8" 8055957 SWDR 1 1/4-20 X 1 25 9.07 125 UL• 5695JI& 5/-M-TffX 1-1/ 3/8" 8057957 SWT 15 12-24 X 1-1/2 25 8.28 125 Approvals Rod Part Model Screw rBox Weight Casr Concrete Size No. Descriptions Qty. (per 125) Qty FM 1/4" 8062957 SWC 200 5/16 X 1-3/4 25 11.18 125 3/8" 8061957 SWC 20 A_ 5/16 X 1-3/4 25 9.81 125 M! -� cq/Atic�M -4, 5t � Sxeee wa 4,1/e2e " 041-6 " d " • - ;i " U.S. Patent No. 6,443,680 - Approvals UL • FM UL • FM UL • FM Part No. Model 8139957 SH-GST 20 8141957 SH-GST 30 8137957 SH-DSTR 1 Screw Box Weight Case Descriptions Qty. (per 125) Qty 114 x 2 25 8.94 125 1/4 x 3 25 10.15 125 25 ' 125 • Use #14 Nut Driver (black) Part No. 8113910. • 170 deflection from vertical. 'Accommodates to 3-1/2 x 12 pitch roof. SAMMYX—PRESS' Use with 1/4" or 31W 'odA Hang Threaded Rod Approvals Steel Ga. Part No. Model Screw Descriptions Rod Size Max Pipe Size Application Directly from FM 12 ga. 8150922 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 3/8-16 4" Metal Deck Thin Gauge Metal Deck FM 12 ga. 8153922 XP 35 Sammy X-Press 35 3/8-16 4" Purlin & Purlin UL 22 ga. 81509221 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 3/8-16 2-1/2" Metal Deck g a UL 18 ga. 8153922 XP 35 Sammy X-Press 35 3/8-16 3 1/2" Purlin a UL 16-12 ga. 8293957/ SWXP 35 Sidewinder X-Press 35 3/8-16 3-1/2" Purlin z u UL 22-20 ga. 8294922 SXP 20 Swivel X-Press 20 3/8-16 2" Metal Deck a J� UL 16-12 ga. 8295922 SXP 35 Swivel X-Press 35 3/8-16 3-1/2" Purlin cli Approvals Concrete Part No. Model Screw Descriptions Rod Size Max Pipe Size Thickness = UL Structural 8150922 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 3/8-16 2-1/2" 3000PSI UL LWC Concrete 8150922 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 3/8-16 2-1/2" 35 PCF Approvals Steel Ga. Part No. Model Screw Descriptions Rod Size Load Rating UL 22 ga. 8150922 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 3/8-16 185 lbs. UL 22 ga. 8153922 XP 35 Sammy X-Press 35 3/8-16 185 lbs. UL 22 ga. 8181922 XP 200 Sammy X-Press 200 1/4-20 185 lbs. jUL 16 ga. 8150922 XP 20 Sammy X-Press 20 3/8-16 250 lbs. UL 16 ga. /8153922 XP 35 Sammy X-Press 35 3/8-16 250 lbs. UL 16 ga. 8181922 XP 200 Sammy X-Press 200 1/4-20 250 lbs. Universal X-Press Ili ' 8194910 UXPIT Yniversal X-Press It Tool Installation Tool ` 8 8151910 RXPIT Retro Socket for 8151910 8152910 XPDB 25/64" Drill Bit - J SA MM YS @ aaT Buildex vertical mount provals Rod Part Model x Weight Case Size No. 7��Qty(per 125) Qty 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 1 25 7.12 125 1/4" 8003957 GST 200 1/4 x 2 25 8.64 125 �8004!jjft GST 300 J&x 3 � 25 9� 125 3/8" 8006957 GST .75 1/4 x 3/4 25 6.24 125 UL 3/8" 800795T' GST 10 6.68 125 UL • FM 3/8" 8008957 GST 20 1/4 x 2 25 8.17 125 ill • FM %/8" 8009925WST 25-380 11.27 125 UL • FM 3/8" 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3 25 9.41 125 Part # 8113910 3/8" 8011925 GST 4M 1/4 x 4 "AM 10.01 125' 3/8" 8012925 GST 60 1/4 x 6 25 12.72 125 1/2" 8013925 GST 2�/A X 2 25 8.99 125 1/2" 8014925 GST 2.5-380 3/8 X 2-1/2 25 11.99 125 _ 1/2" 8015925 GST 3� 1/4 X 3 25 10.22 125 1/2" 8016925 GST 4 1/4 X 4 25 13.25 125 1/2" 8017925 GST 6 ■ 1/4 X 6 25 13.69 125 Part # 8114910 Steel Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Box Weight Size No. Descriptions Qty. (per 125) Qty 114" 8024957 DSTR 100 1/4-20 X 1 25 8.20 125 1/4" 8025957 DST 100 1/4-14 X 1 25 7.23 125 1/4" 8026957 DST 150 1/4-14 X 1-1/2 25 7.58 125 1/4" 8027957 DST 200 1/4-14 X 2 25 8.31 125 _ 1/4" 8028957 DST 250 1/4-14 X 2-1/2 125 1/4" 8029957 DST 300 1/4-14 X 3 25 9.41 125 1/4" 8030957 TEK 500 AIMW-24 X 1-1/2 125 UL • FM 3/8" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 12-24 X 1-1/2 25 8.18 125 /8" 8038957 9WTR 1 4-20 X 1 'M 25125 UL • FM 3/8" 8039957 DSTR 516 5/16-18 X 1-1/4 25 9.35 125 3/8" 8040957 DST 10 _jM4-14 X 1� 25 6.83 125 3/8" 8041957 DST 15 1/4-14 X 1-1/2 25 7.20 125 3/8" 8042957 DST 20 1/474 X 25 7.84 125 3/8" 8043957 DST 25 1/4-14 X 2-1/2 25 8.42 125 3/8" 8044957 DST 30 1/4-14 X 3W 25 9.29 125 UL • FM 3/8" 8045957 DST 516 5/16-18 X 1-1/4 25 7.79 125 UL • FM 3/8" 8046957 1111rK 50 12-24 X 1-1/2 25 6.98 125 _ 1/2" 8031925 DST 2.0 1/4-14 X 2 25 8.61 125 #_ 8032925 DST 2.5 1/4-14 X 2-1/2 25 8.75 125 1/2" 8033925 DSTR 1.0 1/4-20 X 1 25 8.61 125 INEWT' 8034925 DSTR 5.16 5/16-18 X 1-1/4 25 10.10 125 1/2" 8035925 DST 5.16 5/16-18 X 1-1/4 25 8.51 125 1/2" 8036925 TEK 5.0 12-24 X 1-1/2 25 7.75 125 Concrete Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Box Weight Case Size No. Descriptions Qty. (per 125) Qty 1/4" 8058957 CST 200 5/16 x 1-3/4 25 8.44 i ] black nut FM 3/8" 8059957 CST 20 5/16 X 1-3/4 25 7.81 125 driver 1/2" 8060925 CST 2 5/16 X 1-3/4 _ 25 8.75 _ red nut driver I I SammyO, Sammy Super Screw, Sammy Swivel Head'", Sammy X-Press®, Sammy X-Press Imo, Sidewinders®, 800-BUILDEX Swivel X-Press", and Sidewinder X-Press" are trademarks of ITW Buildex and Illinois Tool Works, Inc. www.itwbuildex.com © 2007 Illinois Tool Works, Inc. SSS30 PIPE RINGS Z ,& VIL Fig, 69 Adjustable Swivel Ring, Tapped Per NFPA Standards Size Range:'/2" through 8" Material: Carbon steel Finish: ❑ Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non -insulated stationary pipe line. Maximum Temperature: 650' F Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 10) WW-H-171-E (Type 10), ANSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-58 (Type 10). UL Listed and FM Approved (Sizes 3/4" - 8"). Features: • Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. • Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. • Captured swivel nut in the'/2" through 6" sizes. The capture is permanent in the bottom portion of the band, allowing the hanger to be opened during installation if desired, but not allowing the nut to fall completely out. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450°F is at the discretion of the end user. Metric nut available upon request. Non -captured nut also available upon request. y fA �1B F C '/2" through 1" pipe — to through 8" pipe FIG. 69: LOADS (LBS) • WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) Pipe Size Max Load Weight Rod Size A B C F 1/2 300 0.10 % 27/8 2 1'/16 3A 0.10 23/4 17/8 15/1s 1 0.10 29/16 111/ s 1 11/4 0.10 2% 1 % �A 1 1/2 0.10 2% 1 7/8 2 0.11 T/a 2% 1 % 21/2 525 0.20 4 2% 15/1s 3 0.20 313/ s 215/16 13/ s 4 650 0.30 411/1s 313/ s 5 1,000 0.54 1/2 55/16 4% 19/,s 6 0.65 611/6 59/s 21/a 8 1.00 8 7 211/6 Note: Reflects changes in rod diameter from previously published data per recent revisions in MSS-SP-58 & 69 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: Catalog PH-2008 Now Fig. 22 - Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe Single Fastener Strap Type Size Range — 3/4" thru 2" CPVC pipe Material — Pre -Galvanized Steel Function — Intended to perform as a hanger to support CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. The product acts as a hanger when tab is upward and the fastener screw is in the horizontal position. Figure 22 can be installed on the top of a beam, but in this situation acts as a guide to the piping which is supported by the beam itself. It is not intended to sup- port CPVC pipe from under a flat horizontal surface, such as a ceiling. For this type of installation, use the TOLCOO Fig. 23, Double Fastener Strap for CPVC Piping. Fig. 22, when inverted, with the hanger tab downward, can function as a restrainer to prevent the upward movement of the sprinkler head during activation. Approvals — Underwriters' Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support fire sprinkler piping. May be installed in wood using fasteners supplied with product, or into minimum 20 gauge steel using (1) 1/4" x 1 " tek type screw. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. C @ W ulo Features — Fig. 22 incorporates features which protect the pipe and ease installation. The flared edge design pro- tects CPVC pipe from any rough surface. It is easily attached to the building structure using the special UL Listed hex head self threading screw* furnished with the product. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fit- ted with a hex socket attachment to be used as installation tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) are allowed. Damage has been known to result from installations using impact type tools. No pre -drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required. Finish — Pre -Galvanized Order By — Figure number and CPVC pipe size. * Hardened hex head self threading screw is furnished with the product and is the minimum fastener size acceptable. Dimensions • Weights CPVC Max. Hanger Fastener Hex Approx. Pipe Size A B C Spacing (Ft.) Head Size Wt./100 3/4 27/16 1 5/16 1 3/16 51/2 5/16 9 1 211/16 1 7/16 1 3/16 6 5/16 9 11/4 31/16 15/8 13/16 61/2 5/16 11 11/2 35/16 13/4 1 3/16 7 5/16 12 2 33/4 21/8 1 3/1 6 8 5/16 15 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Seismic Bracing Fig. 4L - Longitudinal In -Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. For UL Listed information refer to page 50. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or FM guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM IDS 2-8. 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) Longitudinal Brace Sat Rnit R Hardware Inrluded r (tTOLCO FM APPROVED l+ s Part No. Pipe Size in. (mm) A in. (mm) C in. (mm) D in. (mm) Bolt Size 300-440 lbs. (M) Max. Rec. Load (FM) 45°-590 600-740 lbs. (M) lbs. (M) 75°-900 lbs. (M) Approx. W000 lbs. (kg) 4L-21/2 21/2" (65) 67/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 23/4" (69.8) 1/2"-13 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 253 (114.7) 40 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 23/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/2"-13 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 268 (121.5) 41.-4 4" (100) 81/2" (215.9) 33/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 348 (157.8) 4L-5 Y (125) 93/4" (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 380 (172.3) 4L-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 640 (290.3) 4L-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 55/8" (142.9) 1/2"-13 490 (2.18) 680 (3.02) 830 (3.69) 930 (4.13) 728 (330.2) FM Approved when used with 1 ", 11/4", 11/2" or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 51 B-Line by F-TeN Seismic Bracing Fig. 4LA - In -Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 1" (25mm) through 12" (300mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: For FM Approval information refer to page 53. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4LA can be used as the system attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing member" andTOLCO transitional attachment and structural attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. For fire sprinkler applications NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4LA pipe clamp component over the pipe to be braced and tighten down the break -off nuts until the hex head portion breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Next engage brace member (pipe or strut) with jaw component and tighten break -off head bolt until the hex head breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Pivot jaw for correct angle and attach to structure using TOLCO brand transitional attachment and structural attachment. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Long B 4LA-5 thru 4LA-12 Part No. Pipe Size in. (nun) A in. (nun) C in. (nun) in. D (nun) Bolt Size Max. Rec. Load Longitudinal & Lateral lbs. (M) Approx. wt./100 lbs. (kg) 4LA-1 1" (25) 319/32" (91.2) 15/16" (33.5) 15/16" (33.5) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 119 (54.0) 4LA-11/4 11/4" (32) 329/32" (99.3) 13/8" (35.3) 13/8" (35.3) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 123 (55.8) 4LA-11/2 11/2" (40) 45/32" (105.7) 11/2" (38.5) 11/2" (38.5) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 127 (57.6) 4LA-2 2" (50) 511/32" (135.6) 21/32" (51.9) 21/16" (51.9) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 142 (64.4) 4LA-21/2 21/2" (65) 527/32" (148.7) 25/16" (58.5) 25/16" (58.5) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 173 (78.5) 4LA-3 3" (80) 61/2" (164.9) 25/8" (66.6) 25/8" (66.6) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 187 (84.8) 4LA-31/2 31/2" (90) 7.407" (188.1) 27/8" (73.1) 27/8" (73.1) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 198 (89.8) 4LA-4 4" (100) 713/32" (190.8) 31/8" (79.5) 31/8" (79.5) 3/8"-16 1000 (4.45) 209 (94.8) 4LA-5 5" (125) 83/4" (222.3) 35/8" (92.1) 35/8" (92.1) 1/2"-13 1600 (7.12) 298 (135.2) 4LA-6 6" (150) 105/8" (269.9) 49/16" (115.9) 49/16" (115.9) 1/2"-13 1600 (7.12) 521 (236.3) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1213/16" (325.5) 59/16" (143.7) 521/32" (143.7) 1/2"-13 2015 (7.12) 629 (285.3) 4LA-10 10" (250) 161/2" (419.1) 71/4" (184.2) 71/4" (184.2) 1/2"-13 2765 (8.96) 1320 (598.7) 4LA-12 12" (300) 181/2" (469.9) 81/4" (209.6) 81/4" (209.6) 1/2"-13 1496 (678.6) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. B-Line by E:t•N All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 52 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing Fig. 4LA - In -Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 1" (25mm) through 12" (300mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 1" (25mm) through 12" (300mm) pipe. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4LA can be used as the system attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing member" and TOLCO transitional attachment and structural attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. For fire sprinkler applications NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4LA pipe clamp component over the pipe to be braced and tighten down the break -off nuts until the hex head portion breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Next engage brace member (pipe or strut) with jaw component and tighten break -off head bolt until the hex head breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Pivot jaw for correct angle and attach to structure using TOLCO brand transitional attachment and structural attachment. Finish: Plain or Electro-GaIvan ized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Longitt Bra Lateral Brace 4LA-1 thru 4LA-4 4LA-5thru 4LA-12 (DTOLCO FM APPROVED d7l? i Part No. Pipe Size in. (mm) A in. (mm) C in. (mm) D in. (mm) Bolt Size 30°-44° lbs. (M) FM Max. Rec. Load Longitudinal & Lateral** 45°-59° 60°-74° lbs. 0) lbs. 0) 75°-90° lbs. (M) Approx. wt./100 lbs. (kg) 4LA-1 1" (25) 319/32" (91.2) 15/16" (33.5) 15/16" (33.5) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 119 (54.0) 4LA-11/4 11/4" (32) 329/32" (99.3) 13/8" (35.3) 13/8" (35.3) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 123 (55.8) 4LA-11/2 11/2" (40) 45/32" (105.7) 11/2" (38.5) 11/2" (38.5) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 127 (57.6) 4LA-2 2" (50) 511/32" (135.6) 21/32" (51.9) 21/16" (51.9) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 142 (64.4) 4LA-21/2 21/2" (65) 527/32" (148.7) 25/16" (58.5) 25/16" (58.5) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 173 (78.5) 4LA-3 3" (80) 61/2" (164.9) 25/8" (66.6) 25/8" (66.6) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 187 (84.8) 4LA-31/2 31/2" (90) 7.407" (188.1) 27/8" (73.1) 27/8" (73.1) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 198 (89.8) 4LA-4 4" (100) 713/32" (190.8) 31/8" (79.5) 31/8" (79.5) 3/8"-16 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 209 (94.8) 4LA-5 5' (125) 83/4" (222.3) 35/8" (92.1) 35/8" (92.1) 1/2"-13 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 298 (135.2) 4LA-6 6" (150) 105/8" (269.9) 49/16" (115.9) 49/16" (115.9) 1/2"-13 1620 (7.20) Note 1 Note 3 Note 5 521 (236.3) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1213/16" (325.5) 59/16" (143.7) 521/32" (143.7) 1/2"-13 1620 (7.20) Note 2 Note 4 Note 6 629 (285.3) 4LA-10 10" (250) 161/2" (419.1) 71/4" (184.2) 71/4" (184.2) 1/2"-13 1620 (7.20) Note 2 Note 4 Note 6 1320 (598.7) 4LA-12 12" (300) 181/2" (469.9) 81/4" (209.6) 81/4" (209.6) 1/2"-13 1620 (7.20) Note 2 Note 4 Note 6 1496 (678.6) ** Longitudinal and Lateral Loads are the same except where noted in chart. Note 1: Longitudinal Load 2260 lbs. (10.05kN) - Lateral Load 2300 lbs. (10.23kN) Note 2: Longitudinal Load 1660 lbs. (7.38kN) - Lateral Load 2300 lbs. (10.23kN) Note 3: Longitudinal Load 2010 lbs. (8.94kN) - Lateral Load 2820 lbs. (12.54kN) Note 4: Longitudinal Load 1570 lbs. (6.98kN) - Lateral Load 2820 lbs. (12.54kN) Note 5: Longitudinal Load 2220 lbs. (9.87kN) - Lateral Load 3140 lbs. (13.96kN) Note 6: Longitudinal Load 1740 lbs. (7.74kN) - Lateral Load 3140 lbs. (13.96kN) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 53 B-Line by E:T•N Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1" (25mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1" (25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre -engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 70. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (V (25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)) , and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the FM Approval requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8 L 4 (tTOLCO FM APPROVED I Design Load - For Sch.1, Sch.10, & Sch. 40 Pipe Pipe Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 Allowable Horizontal Capacity (Ibf) Per Installation 1,z3 Size 1"(24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe 30°44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (M) Lbs. (M) Lbs. (M) Lbs. (M) 1" (25) 1001-1 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) 1800 (8.00) 2550 (11.34) 3120 (13.88) 3490 (25.52) 11/4" (32) 1001-11/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 11/2"(40) 1001-11/2 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/2 X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 2" (50) 1001-2 X 1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.9) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 21/2" (65) 1001-21/2 X 1 138.6 (62.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 800 (3.56) 1130 (5.02) 1380 (6.14) 1540 (6.85) 3" (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 4" (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 6" (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 8" (200) 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) . 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1 or 11/4 inch NPS Schedule 40 GB/T 3091,EN 10255H, or JIS G3451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as "Schedule 7". These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/T 8163 steel pipe. 3 Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/T 3092,EN 10255M and H, or JIS G3454, FM Approved Thinwall, or Schedule 40 steel pipes. Note: See UL load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart shown under drawing. 0 %VX I P o All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 71 B-Line by F-TeN • Accepts 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12) threaded rod • Quick grip clamp simplifies measuring and cutting of threaded rod • Eliminates need to cut threaded rod to exact dimensions • Works with rough -cut threaded rod and eliminates pipe -side deburring • Can be installed with threaded rod above or below the service pipe • Shear -off head helps ensure correct torque and simplifies inspection 1 RTS OD H - ll Material: Steel Finish: Electrogalvanized C UL US F"" OSH PD APPROVED Part Number Pipe Size Outer Diameter Rod Size Height Length Width OD IRS H L W CSBBRP0100EG 1" 1.32" 3/8", 1/2" 6.67" 1.63" 0.88" CSBBRP0125EG 1 1/4" 1.66" 3/8", 1/2" 7.56" 1.97" 0.88" CSBBRP0150EG 1 1/2" 1.90" 3/8", 1/2" 8.20" 2.21" 0.88" CSBBRP0200EG 2" 2.38" 3/8", 1/2" 9.45" 1 2.69" 0.88" FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. ILL, UR, cUL, cUR, cULus and cURus are registered certification marks of UL LLC. WARNING nVent products shall be installed and used only as indicated in nVent's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your nVent customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow nVent's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death and/or void your warranty. © 2021 nVent All rights reserved nVent, nVent CADDY, nVent ERICO, nVent ERIFLEX and nVent LENTON are owned by nVent or its global affiliates. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. nVent reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. n�ent CADDY FEATURES & BENEFITS Swivel barrel nut accepts 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12) threaded rod Attaches to wood or concrete where cracked concrete approval is not needed Catalog Number Material Finish CSBBRS2EG Steel ElectrogaIvan ized Catalog Number Screw Diameter(Sc) CSBBRS2EG 1 /4" Table 1/2 Rod Width(W) Length(L) Height(H) Size(RS) 3/8", 1/2" 1.060" 1.590" 1.110" Table 2/2 Screw Length(L) Drill Bit Diameter 1 3/4" 3/16" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. North America +1.800.753.9221 Option 1 — Customer Care Option 2 — Technical Support Europe Netherlands: +31 800-0200135 France: +33 800 901 793 Europe Germany: 8001890272 Other Countries: +31 13 5835404 APAC Shanghai: + 86 21 2412 1618/19 Sydney: +61 2 9751 8500 FEATURES > The Selective Hardening process produces a drilling and point/lead threads which are hard enough to drill/tap through steel. The Load -Bearing area is soft enough to remain ductile, accommodating the expansion coefficients of dissimilar metals and resisting hydrogen embrittlement. > Teks Select fasteners have strength and ductility perfor- mance similar to the performance of Grade 5 bolts. > Replaces the timely process of using nuts and bolts by cutting the installation time in half. (visit www.itwbuildex.com to see our time savings calculator) > Climaseal ACR' corrosion resistant finish provides better corrosion resistance. AFTER 1000 HOURS OF 5% NEUTRAL SALT SPRAY EXPOSURE TEKS SELECT" DRIL•FLEX® > The integrated thread and tip design enables Teks Select to drill and tap up to 40% faster than competitive fasteners. > A drill point that starts faster and a more efficient thread design combine to enable the Teks Select to drill and tap with fewer stalls than other drilling and tapping fasteners. DRIL-FLEX° SAMPLES TEKS SELECT" SAMPLES -A& i/nAuddex APPLICATIONS Systems, Door Systems, > Anchoring Metal Clips to and Store Front Systems Metal Structures for Masonry Facades > Grade 5 Nut and Bolt Substitution > Solar System Attachment PRODUCT SPECIFICATION" ar B° r� MEETS FERERRERRRR Y.� REQUIREMENTS Application ......................... Metal attachments, including aluminum to steel Short Form .......................... Self -drilling and tapping, selectively Specification hardened fastener with strength and ductility performance similar to a Grade 5 (1/4-20 diameter) SAE J 429 and ASTM A449 fasteners Diameters............................#10, #12, 1/4" Thread Form .......................10-16, 12-14, 1/4-14, 1/4-20 Head Styles ......................... Hex washer head, undercut Phillips flat head Drill Point ............................ Teks 3, Teks 4 Finish .................................... Climaseal ACR'" corrosion -resistant finish meets a minimum of 1,000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117 standards with 0% red rust SELECTOR GUIDE & PERFORMANCE DATA •• 1076000 1112000 1080000 1 1132000 1114000 1117000 1119000 1121000 1124000 1125000 1078000 1126000 • . 10-16x3/4" 12-147/8" 12-141" 12-141" 12-141-1/2" 12-142" 114-141" 1/4-141-1/2" 1/4-20xl-1/8" 1/4-20xl-112" 1/4-20x2" 114-20x2-1/2" • HWH HWH HWH UPFH*** HWH HWH HWH HWH HWH HWH HWH HWH 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 .. .150" .187" .187" .187" .187" .187" .210" 1 .210" .210" - .312" .210" - .312" 1 .210" - .312" .210" - .312" 450" L 950" 50L .83I„ 500" L 470" L 500" L 500" 1.000" 1.330" 1.500" L 830" .. 5/16" Driv- 5/16" Driv- 5/16" Driv- #3 Phillips 5/16" Driv- 5/16" Driv- 3/8" Driv- 3/8" Driv- 3/8" Driv- 3/8" Driv- 3/8" Driv- 3/8" Driv- Tru"" Socket Tru' Socket Tru'" Socket Bit Tru'" Socket Tru'" Socket Tru'" Socket Tru'" Socket Tru- Socket Tru- Socket Tru' Socket Tru Socket (P/N: 1513910) (P/N: 1513910) (P/N: 1513910) (P/N: 1513910) (P/N: 1513910) (P/N: 1574910) (P/N: 1574910) (P/N: 1574910) (P/N: 1574910) (P/N: 1574910) (P/N: 1574910) PULLOUT VALUES (AVERAGE LBS. ULTIMATE) 401 400 400 400 400 400 475 475 699 561 561 561 561 561 631 631 827 827 827 827 c� 1010 964 964 964 964 964 1062 1062 1258 1258 1258 1258 1680 1516 1516 1516 1516 1516 1878 1878 1946 1946 1946 1946 y 2183 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2320 2320 2685 2685 2685 2685 2877 2877 2497 2877 2877 3668 3668 3572 3572 3572 3572 4719 4719 4719 4719 4699 4699 4699 4699 745 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 1017 1017 970 970 970 970 2543 2543 2462 2543 2543 3080 3080 2760 2760 2760 2760 a 3851 3851 3851 3851 SHEAR VALUES 996 965 965 965 965 965 1100 1100 1026 1026 1026 1026 1872 1803 1803 1803 1803 1803 2132 2132 2089 2089 2089 2089 1331 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 1414 1414 1359 1359 1359 1359 w 1815 1815 1815 1815 1815 2439 2439 2357 2357 2357 2357 y 2636 2636 2748 2748 2748 2748 2881 2881 2881 2881 2843 2843 2843 2843 N 1526 1846 1846 1846 1846 1846 2087 2087 2106 2106 2106 2106 �M a 2488 2488 2180 2488 2488 3328 3328 3062 3062 3062 3062 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 134 ksi 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 920 Mpa 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 152 ksi 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa 1054 Mpa * IMPORTANT. Maximum load bearing area is indicated by brackets. ** KSI values are the same as listed in the Pullout Values table. ,aLiirwBuildex 1349 W. Bryn Mawr Ave. I Itasca, IL 60143 800-BUILDEX I www.itwbuildex.com Climaseal ACRTh1 and Teks Select' are trademarks of ITW Buildex and Illinois Tool Works, Inc. Dril-Flex® is a registered trademark of Elco, Inc. INSTALLATION GUIDELINES > May be installed using a standard screw gun with a depth sensitive nosepiece. For optimal fastener performance, the screw gun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 1800 to 2500 RPM. > Overdriving may result in torsional failure of the fas- tener or stripout of the substrate. *** Undercut Phillips Flat Head > The fastener must penetrate beyond the metal structure a minimum of 3 threads. > Reference the Selector Guide for the appropriate installation tool. © 2011 ITW Buildex and Illinois Tool Works, Inc. I TOLCO Fig. 29 series size range expansion Double offset hanger and restrainer for CPVC plastic pipe & IPS steel pipe TheTOLCOT' Fig. 29 is designed as a hanger and restrainer for CPVC applications such as plastic fire sprinkler pipe. It provides a double offset from mounting surface to help eliminate abrasion, plus its unique design eliminates the need for wood block extension, allowing for retrofit attachment of hanger to the sprinkler pipe. And now, in addition to the existing 3/4" and 1" sizes, the Fig. 29 includes a 11/4" solution to round out the Fig. 29 product size offering. The addition of the 11/4" size provides hanger and restrainer solutions for larger size CPVC pipe installations and projects leading to gained efficiency and cost savings. Pipe Size Approx. Wt./100 Part No. in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 29-'/4 '/4" (20) 18 (8.1) CeUS 29-1 1" (25) 19 (8.6) LISTED 29-V/4 11/4" (32) 24 (10.8) US Patent No. 9,726,304 Can. Pat. No. 2618941 F I .T*N Powering Business Worldwide Features and benefits • UL Listed as a hanger and restraint to support fire sprinkler systems • Offset edge helps eliminate abrasion • Attaches easily to wood structure • Thumb tab provides protection to restrain pipe in rough job site conditions, but is not required to be bent for listed installation • Can be used as a single offset hanger by aligning "dimples" with top of mounting surface and utilizing two fasteners in two of the three holes provided • Attaches easily to wood structure with two special #10 x 1" hex head self - threading screws furnished with product • Ideal for mechanical, plumbing and fire sprinkler applications Specifications • Pipe size range: Available in 3/4" (20mm), 1" (25mm), and 11/4" (32mm) • Material finish: Pre -galvanized steel offers corrosion resistance Approvals • Approved by Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) as a hanger and restrainer to support thermoplastic fire sprinkler systems* • Meets or exceeds requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. *Not UL or cUL listed for use with metallic pipe. TO LCO Fig. 29 Installation instructions • Install using a rechargeable electric drill fitted with a 5/16" (8mm) socket attachment using the special hex head self -tapping screws provided. • Install screws until they bottom out. • Pipe can be "snapped" into the hanger before or after the installation of the screws to the mounting surface. • "Thumb tab" may be bent up to provide additional protection for the pipe but is not required for performance of the hanger or restraint function. 1.5" (38.1 mm) J (38.1 mm) DOUBLE OFFSET Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com 13201 Dahlia Street, Suite 200 Fontana, CA 92337 United States Phone: 800-851-7415 FHUMBTAB 1.5" Im) (38.1mm) 0/ 7 o 0 1 I o Im) (38 1 mm) SINGLE OFFSET © 2021 Eaton F �• All Rights Reserved Eaton is a registered trademark. Printed in USA Publication No. SA310018EN All other trademarks are property Pow_ ering Business Worldwide July 2021 B-Line Division of their respective owners. n ® \ s I /\I I I \ � I I \ I Follow us on social media to get the latest product and support information. 91 © ® 13 SECTION 3 VALVES AND ACCESSORIES i'd'w -l�1..� jCompressors Base Plate Mounted Standard Features ■ Heavy-duty single stage cast iron compressor pump Made in Somerset, PA USA ■ Splash lubricated ■ Belt driven with a large flywheel for extra cooling and easier start-up ■ Each unit is filled with Jenny Ultimate Blue Compressor Pump Oil rigc-,anc I SA° C �I. uS Air Compressors c us LISTED E483335 ■ Directional air shroud for reduced pump temperatures ■ Totally enclosed heavy-duty belt guard ■ Powder coated, extra heavy steel base plate ■ Large canister intake filter with replaceable filter elements ■ Magnetic starter is included on all 5HP and larger units ■ Industrial/Commercial grade UL Listed electric motor ■ Thermal overload motor protection ■ Oil sight glass Base Mounted System Size Maximum Gallons in system to be pumped to 40 PSI in 30 Minutes Model Pump HP Power Supply 220 F13S-BS F12S-BS F34S-BS F 1/3 1/2 115 Volt 290 350 K34S-BS F1 S-BS K1 S-BS K15S-BS K2S-BS K F K 3/4 1 1-1/2 (through 2 HP) or 230 Volt 1 Phase 208, 230, 425 480 600 885 985 G2S-BS G3S-BS G5S-BS J5S-BS G J 2 3 5 or 575 or 3 Phase 1215 1775 1950 2115 Tank Mounted/30 Gallon 220 F13S-30S F 1/3 290 F12S-30S 1/2 350 F34S-30S 3/4 425 K34S-30S K 480 F1S-30S F 1 600 K1S-30S K 885 K15S-30S 2 1215 G2S-30S G 1950 G5S-30S 5 2115 J5S-30S J 115 Volt (through 2 HP) 230 Volt 1 Phase 208, 230, 575 Volt 3 Phase Tank Mounted Additional Standard Features ■ Tanks are powder coated and ASME certified ■ Protectively mounted fittings ■ Manual tank drain(s) ■ Large canister intake filter with replaceable filter elements ■ Special unloading valves to assist in motor starting ■ Tank gauge ■ Pressure relief safety valve ■ Auto Start/Stop control with pressure unloader set at 30-40 PSI Pump CFM del'd @ RPM 40 PSI 670 3.3 Optlonal Auto Control Group ACGF 950 3.8 1200 4.4 520 5.3 ACGK 1430 6.0 ACGF 790 7.4 ACGK 1140 10.9 1280 12.4 630 15.1 ACGD 950 21.8 1030 24.2 ACGJ 830 26.0 670 3.3 950 3.8 1200 4.4 520 5.3 1430 6.0 790 7.4 1140 10.9 1280 12.4 630 15.1 950 21.8 1030 24.2 830 26.0 Options ASME National Board tank Magnetic starter 17 gallon tank ■ Vertical tank Low oil level switch Automatic tank drain ■ Air line filter Aftercooler ■ Dryer Control Group 7 tqCa Fire &Building Products Technical Services: Tel: (800) 381-9312 / Fax: (800) 791-5500 Model BFV-N Butterfly Valve Grooved End 2-112 Inch - 10 Inch (DN65 - DN250) General Description The Model BFV-N Grooved End But- terfly Valves (Ref. Figure 1) are indicat- ing type valves designed for use in fire protection systems where a visual in- dication is required as to whether the valve is open or closed. They are used, for example, as system, sectional, and pump water control valves. They have cut groove inlet and outlet connections that are suitable for use with grooved end pipe couplings that are listed and approved for fire protection systems. For applications requiring supervision of the open position of the valve, the Gear Operators for the Model BFV-N Butterfly Valves are provided with two sets of factory installed internal switches each having SPDT contacts. The supervisory switches transfer their electrical contacts when there is move- ment from the valve's normal open po- sition during the first two revolutions of the handwheel. WARNINGS The Model BFV-N Grooved End But- terfly Valves described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Technical Data Model BFV-N Sizes: ANSI Inches / DN 2-1/2 (DN65), 3 (DN80), 4 (DN100), 5 (DN125), 6 (DN150), 8 (DN200), 10 (DN250) Approvals The 2-1/2 through 10 inch (DN65 - DN250) Model BFV-N Grooved End Butterfly Valves are UL and C-UL List- ed and FM Approved. In addition, the Model BFV-N Grooved End Butterfly Valves are listed by the California State Fire Marshall under Listing No. 7770-1670:100. All laboratory listings and approvals are for indoor and outdoor use. Maximum Working Pressure • 2-1/2 - 8 Inch (DN65 - DN200): 300 psi (20,7) bar • 10 Inch (DN250): 175 psi (12,0 bar) Materials of Construction: Body Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395 Body Coating Polyamide Disc Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395 Disc Seal Grade EPDM "E" encapsulated rubber conforming to ASTM D-2000 Upper & Lower Stem Type 416 Stainless Steel conforming to ASTM 582 Lower Plug PVC Operator Gear operator with iron housing Friction Loss The approximate friction loss, based on the Hazen Williams formula and ex- pressed in equivalent length of pipe with C= 120, is as follows. The data is based on friction loss information col- lected at a typical flow rate of 15 feet per second. • 6.9 feet of 2-1/2 inch Sch. 40 pipe for the 2-1/2 inch valve. • 8.7 feet of 3 inch Sch. 40 pipe for the 3 inch valve. • 4.5 feet of 4 inch Sch. 40 pipe for the 4 inch valve. • 6.6 feet of 5 inch Sch. 40 pipe for the 5 inch valve. • 11.1 feet of 6 inch Sch. 40 pipe for the 6 inch valve. • 10.2 feet of 8 inch Sch. 30 pipe for the 8 inch valve. • 12.1 feet of 10 inch Sch. 30 pipe for the 10 inch valve. Page 1 of 4 MAY, 2008 TFP1510 Page 2 of 4 TFP1510 G F INDICATOR HANDWHEEL FLAG 1/2" NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION GEAR OPERATORrCD E O BODY B DISC H A FIGURE 1 MODEL BFV-N GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE - NOMINAL DIMENSIONS - Nominal Nominal Installation Dimensions in Inches and (mm) Weight Pipe Valve Sizes O.D. A B C D E F G H Ik91 2-1/2" 2.88 3.85 11.71 3.25 5.43 6.00 7.81 2.50 0 22 DN65 (73,0) (98,0) (297,4) (83,0) (137,9) (152,4) (198,4) (63,5) (10,0) 3" 3.50 3.85 12.25 3.54 5.68 6.00 7.81 2.50 0 23 DN80 (88,9) (98,0) (311,1) (90,0) (144,2) (152,4) (198,4) (63,5) (10,4) 4" 4.50 4.56 13.95 4.35 6.58 6.00 7.81 2.50 0 28 DN100 (114,3) (116,0) (354,3) (110,0) (167,1) (152,4) (198,4) (63,5) (12,7) 5" 5.56 5.86 14.93 4.84 7.07 6.00 7.81 2.50 0 31 DN125 (141,3) (149,0) (379,2) (123,0) (179,6) (152,4) (198,4) (63,5) (14,1) 6" 6.63 5.86 17.31 5.93 8.35 6.00 7.81 2.50 0.67 41 DN150 (168,3) (149,0) (439,7) (151,0) (212,0) (152,4) (198,4) (63,5) (17,0) (18,6) 8" 8.63 5.26 19.20 6.87 9.29 6.00 7.81 2.50 5.86 53 DN200 (219,1) (134,0) (487,7) (174,0) (236,0) (152,4) (198,4) (63,5) (148,8) (24,1) 10" 10.75 6.29 25.11 9.17 11.50 9.00 7.68 3.00 7.41 88 DN250 (273,1) (160,0) (637,8) (233,0) (292,1) (228,6) (195,1) (76,2) (188,2) (40,0) TFP1510 Page 3 of 4 Installation The Model BFV-N Grooved End But- terfly Valves may be installed with flow in either direction and can be posi- tioned either horizontally or vertically. The grooved end pipe couplings used with the Model BFV-N must be listed or approved for fire protection service and installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The Model BFV-N Butterfly Valve may be installed with any schedule of pres- sure class of pipe or tubing that is list- ed or approved for fire protection. As applicable, refer to Figure 2 for the internal switch wiring diagram. Conduit and electrical connections are to be made in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction and/ or the National Electrical Code. With reference to Figure 2, the "supervi- sory switch" is intended for connec- tion to the supervisory circuit of a fire alarm control panel in accordance with NFPA 72. The "auxiliary switch" is in- tended for the unsupervised connec- tion to auxiliary equipment in accor- dance with NFPA 70, National Electric Code. NOTE For outdoor applications with inter- nal supervisory switches, it is recom- mended that wiring connections be made at a temperature above 15°F (-9°C), in order to insure sufficient flex- ibility of the wire lead insulation. Care and Maintenance The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devic- es in accordance with the applicable standards of the National Fire Pro- tection Association (e.g., NFPA25), in addition to the standards of any au- thority having jurisdiction. The install- ing contractor or product manufac- turer should be contacted relative to any questions. Any impairment must be immediately corrected. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, test- ed, and maintained by a qualified in- spection service. SUPERVISORY SWITCH SWITCH SHOWN L WITH VALVE — — FULL OPEN z z 0 0 Q a > > 0 0 END OF LINE PANEL RESISTOR r------� AUXILIARY GND I SWITCH SWITCH SHOWN L WITH VALVE — — FULL OPEN o wW W 0 J O > LU C0 0 z + BELL POWER 0 + CONTACT RATING .... 1/2A @ 125 VDC 1/4A @ 250 VDC 15.1A/12HP @ 125, 250 VAC 5A @ 125 VAC 1" FIGURE 2 MODEL BFV-N BUTTERFLY VALVE — INTERNAL SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM — NOTE Before closing a fire protection system control valve for maintenance or in- spection work on either the valve or fire protection system which it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems must be ob- tained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this decision must be notified. Page 4 of 4 TFP1510 Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire & Building Products (TFBP) are war- ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP. No warran- ty is given for products or components manufactured by companies not af- filiated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which have been subject to misuse, improper in- stallation, corrosion, or which have not been installed, maintained, modified or repaired in accordance with applicable Standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association, and/or the standards of any other Authorities Having Juris- diction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or re- placed, at TFBP's sole option. TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other ob- ligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of products. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by Buyer or Buyer's representatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect, special or consequential dam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBP's liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. The foregoing warranty is made in lieu of any and all other warranties, ex- press or implied, including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a par- ticular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. Ordering Procedure Grooved End Butterfly Valves: Specify: (specify inch size) Model BFV-N Grooved End Butterfly Valve with internal supervisory switches, P/N (specify). Valve Size Valve Part Number 2-1/2......................59-300-F-025N 3..........................59-300-F-030N 4..........................59-300-F-040N 5..........................59-300-F-050N 6..........................59-300-F-060N 8..........................59-300-F-080N 10.........................59-300-F-100N 02008 TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS, 451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 tqCO Fire & Building Products Technical Services: Tel: (800) 381-9312 / Fax: (800) 791-5500 Tyco Fire Products Model CV-1F Check Valve General Description The Tyco° Model CV-1 F Check Valve is a compact and rugged swing -type unit that allows water flow in one direction and prevents flow in the opposite di- rection. A resilient elastomer seal fac- ing on the spring loaded clapper en- sures a leak tight seal and non -sticking operation. The Model CV-1 F Check Valves are designed to minimize water hammer caused by flow reversal. The CV-1F is furnished with grooved ends and can be installed using Grinnell° Grooved Couplings or Grin- nell Figure 71 Flange Adapters. The Model CV-1 F Check Valves have been designed with a removable cover for ease of field maintenance. Valves in- stalled horizontally or inclined (flow up or down) are to be positioned with the cover facing up. Valves installed verti- cally may be positioned with flow up or down. A Maintenance Check Valve Kit (TFP1555) is available to allow the maintenance procedure of backflush- ing through the fire department con- nection without removing the Model CV-1 F Check Valve from the pipe line. The Model CV-1 F Check Valves are a redesignation for the Central Figure 590F and Grinnell Figure 590F. The Model CV-1F Check Valve de- scribed herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable standards of the National Fire Pro- tection Association, in addition to the standards of any authorities having ju- risdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of this device. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or manufac- turer should be contacted with any questions. Technical Data Sizes- Inches / DN 2 to 12 / DN50 to DN300 Maximum Working Pressure 300 psi (20,7 bar) Approvals UL, FM, and C-UL. Protective Coating Valve assembly • Non -lead paint Installation The Model CV-1 F Check Valves are to be installed in accordance with the fol- lowing instructions: Step 1. The arrow cast on the Body must point in the direction of the flow. Step 2. Valves installed vertically may be positioned with the flow up or down. Step 3. Valves installed horizontally or inclined (flow up or down) are to be positioned with the Cover facing up. Step 4. Grooved end pipe couplings used with the CV-1F must be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 'r! 1 Care and Maintenance The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devic- es in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable stan- dards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority hav- ing jurisdiction. The installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer should be contacted relative to any questions. Any impairments must be immediately corrected. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for mon- itoring proprietary and/or central sta- tion alarms. Page 1 of 4 JULY, 2008 TFP1550 Page 2 of 4 TFP1550 B A C O ♦ 0.D. D 1 1/2" — — NPT 1/2" NPT i L-E F - FIGURE 2 NOMINAL DIMENSIONS MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Dimensions- Inches (mm) Cover Bolt Torq. Approx. Weight ANSI O.D. Inches Inches A B C D E F i Lbs.-ft. (Nm) Lbs. (kg) DN (mm) 2 2.375 6.75 4.38 2.55 2.57 3.25 4.75 1.62 18 9.0 DN50 (60,3) (171,5) (111,3) (64,8) (65,3) (82,3) (120,7) (41,5) (25) (4,5) 2'/z 2.875 8.00 5.80 3.41 3.40 3.88 6.00 1.70 39 10.0 DN65 (73,0) (203,2) (147,3) (86,6) (86,4) (98,6) (152,4) (43,2) (54) (4,5) - - 8.00 5.80 3.41 3.40 3.88 6.00 1.70 39 10.00 DN65 (76,1) (203,2) (147,3) (86,6) (86,4) (98,6) (152,4) (43,2) (54) (4,5) 3 3.500 8.37 5.76 3.60 3.40 3.88 6.00 1.70 39 11.0 DN80 (88,9) (212,6) (146,3) (91,4) (86,4) (98,6) (152,4) (43,2) (54) (5,0) 4 4.500 9.63 6.74 4.61 3.63 4.56 7.13 1.84 50 25.0 DN100 (114,3) (244,6) (171,2) (117,1) (92,2) (115,1) (181,1) (46,7) (69) (11.3) - - 10.50 7.50 5.29 4.20 4.90 7.60 1.90 39 29.0 DN125 (139,7) (266,7) (190,5) (134,4) (106,7) (124,5) (193,0) (48,3) (54) (13.2) 5 5.563 10.50 7.50 5.29 4.20 4.90 7.60 1.90 39 29.0 DN125 (141,3) (266,7) (190,5) (134,4) (106,7) (124,5) (193,0) (48,3) (54) (13,2) - - 11.50 8.05 5.75 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.48 60 47.0 DN150 (165,1) (292,1) (204,5) (146,1) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (37,6) (82) (21,3) 6 6.625 11.50 8.05 5.75 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.48 60 47.0 DN150 (168,3) (292,1) (204,5) (146,1) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (37,6) (82) (21,3) 8 8.625 14.00 10.25 7.75 5.62 5.45 8.40 2.20 120 66.0 DN200 (219,1) (355,6) (260,4) (196,9) (142,7) (138,4) (213,4) (58,9) (164) (29,9) 10 10.750 18.00 13.00 10.21 6.38 7.50 10.50 3.00 130 109.7 DN250 (273,1) (457,2) (330,2) (259,3) (162.1) (190.5) (266,7) (76,2) (178) 12 12.750 21.00 14.28 11.31 7.26 7.62 10.62 2.75 130 151.0 DN300 (323,9) (533,4) (362,7) (287,2) (184,4) (193,5) (269,7) (69.9) (178) (68,0) TFP1550 Page 3 of 4 4,16 / 2 3 1 Detail Part Material Qty. 1 Body Ductile Iron 1 2 Cover Ductile Iron 1 3 Cover Gasket Nitrile Rubber 1 4 Hex Cap Steel, Zinc AR Screw Plated Clapper Stainless 2" - 8" Steel 5 1 Clapper Ductile Iron 10"-12" 18 17 8 8 9 5 2 7 9 2" - 8" 2 7 5 (DN50-DN200) (DN250 - DN300) VIEW A 13 5 13 SEE 11,16 DETAIL B 11 14,16 I 19 12 6 / 5 6 2" - 8" 10" - 12" (DN50-DN200) (DN250 - DN300) DETAIL B Detail Part Material Qty. 6 Clapper EPDM 1 Facing Grade "E" 7 Spring Stainless 1 Steel 8 Hinge Stainless 1 Shaft Steel 9 Retaining Stainless Steel 11 Retention StainlessBolt rARRing Steel 12 Seal Ring Neoprene FIGURE 2 MODEL CV -IF CHECK VALVES Detail Part Material Qty. 13 Retaining Stainless 1 Disc Steel 14 Locknut Stainless 1 Steel 15 Plug /2 Cast Iron 2 14 NPT 16 Adhesive Thread Sealer AR 17 Nameplate Aluminum 1 18 Rivet Steel 2 • 11 11 111 111 111 111 111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1 mm2=2::::::EC;:.:I.::::E::::::NEM MCDM::::ECEFA ;:::::::IG:::::A C.D.: ' 1 MMM:: ��..■■■■ ::::::::0011111MM A:::::00::::::: MOM-M-::::::D-A::111111-::::-M'AN .I:: 1 1 r.unnnm..■■■■■■���.■■■nn��..■■■■onnonn.■■■■r�■■�.,..■ ' ,■ ■■■■■■■■ NOON■■■ • I■ - � r1■■■■1111111■►I■■■■■■■��■■■■■.I■■■■■■■■■■►�■■■■■■■■■1■■■■I�■■■II■■■ �■■■IIIII 1.■■■■■■■■II■■■■■►I■■■■■■■■■■11�■11111111■■■■11■■■■�I■■■ 1 NOON■■■ NOON■■ ■■■■■ • I■ I■ •• I■■■IIIII onon111111 • Ino', l �i■■■■■ II■■■1111■■■'I■■■■II■■■■■■■■■■11■■■11111111■■■I1■■■F �I■■■ononIII�■■■■■►I■■I■■■■■■■I,MI��11111111■■■11■■��II■■■■ II■■■■I,■■■onm■■■■■■�IM§llll111111■■I■■sons/I■■■■ ■■■ 1 1 ' ■■■■■ IN I I■ 4■s1111 A■■■■ -■ ■►I■■■1■■■■■■G■:11111111111■■/1■■■:h■■■■■ •• : NONE NONE I I I■■■111 /■■mill •III■■■■ I■■■■■■1■■■■■��■111111111111■I,■■■■��■■■■■ ' I■mmml■■■■■9■mm11111111111■/I■■mm/I■■■■■ ■■■■■■I I /lNEE 11111■■ • 11■ /■■1111■■ I■■1111111111111I■■■1911■■■■■ • ' 1 ��...FI■ ■■■■■�■■I�■■■■■■■■■ ���� ,■■■111 �....... IIIII111 It■■■.. I■1■ ,11E 7■■ • �■■■■■..■ .■■■■■■� . . .■■■■■■■■■■■■...,.■■■.,■■■��..■ ■■■■■111111 nu■■■FL■■■■■■ , •� ■■■■�.■■.�■■■��■■■■■■ ■■■■I■■Oonlm■IA■■■■EN .�111111■ /1111111■ �■■■ onon11 �■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■� I■■■■■■1111 7■■■onon1111 . r/■■■W..■■■■■■■■ II ►I■onon1■■■■■ • ■■■II■■Lonononml,■■■■■■ononon1�11111111 ■■I.I■��■��mII■■■■■■ononl,�on1111111 I■■■ I■■■ I■■■■■■■� I■■■■■■■s • /■■■■onononlon I■■■■■��� IIII III . I■■■��■■■■■ ■■■��■■■■■ 1 1 ' ■■I■1!�■■son■,■■■■■■s1/111111111■■I■■■ ' I■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ss1 • JI ■■■slim■■■■ 1 1• - ■��■■■■m1I■■■■■■m/IIIIIIIIIII■I■mmm1��■■■■■mm •. ,■■■■■■" III •,■■■mmml■■■■■ 1 1: 1 � , ..�������� • 1 ' iiiiii�iiiiiiii �iiiiiiiiiiiAmmmo i riiiiiiiiiiiiii 1 1. • 1 . NOON■��■■■■■■■■■■■■■■IIIIII.II■■■■��■■■■■■■■■■111�■■■■■■■■I•■I ■■■■ ■■■��■■■I■■■ononO�■■1/111■■■■IIon11■■■■■■■I,II■m■■■■■ENFA.M1 Fi111■■■■■onononm■■■■ III■■■■■■■I�■■■■ 1 mm■,,■■ssononm■II■■■■ononononon■11/111■■■I■onsoon■■■■■■■FIononm■■■■■■onI■onononon11i1111■■■■sononon■■MEN ■s!I■■■■■son■I 11 • ■■■■■sss1on111'IIIII■■■►I■sons■■■■■■I�ss1■■■■■■■WIs11111,11111■■■■■sson■■■■■ 1 R�■■■■■■110■■■■■■■■IIIII/IIIII■■I■■■11■■■■■■I■■1■■■■■■■111111111111111■■■■■■11■■■■■ 11 11 11 111 .11 111 111111111 111 1111 .111 1111 111 Page 4 of 4 TFP1550 Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire & Building Products (TFBP) are war- ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP. No warran- ty is given for products or components manufactured by companies not af- filiated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which have been subject to misuse, improper in- stallation, corrosion, or which have not been installed, maintained, modified or repaired in accordance with applicable Standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association, and/or the standards of any other Authorities Having Juris- diction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or re- placed, at TFBP's sole option. TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other ob- ligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of products. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by Buyer or Buyer's representatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect, special or consequential dam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBP's liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. The foregoing warranty is made in lieu of any and all other warranties, ex- press or implied, including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. Ordering Procedure The Model CV-1 IF Check Valves: Specify: (specify size) Model CV-1 F Check Valve, P/N (specify) 2" (DN50) Valves ..............59-590-0-020 2-1/2" (DN65) Valves ...........59-590-0-025 DN65 (76,1mm) Valves .......... 59-590-0-076 3" (DN80) Valves ..............59-590-0-030 4" (DN100) Valves ..............59-590-0-040 DN125 (139,7) Valves ........... 59-590-0-139 5" (DN125) Valves ..............59-590-0-050 DN150 (165,1) Valves ........... 59-590-0-165 6" (DN150) Valves ..............59-590-0-060 8" (DN200) Valves .............59-590-0-080 10" (DN250) Valves ............. 59-590-0-100 12" (DN300) Valves ............ 59-590-0-120 Replacement Valve Parts Specify: (specify description) for use with (specify size) Model CV-1 F Check Valve, P/N (specify) 2" (DN50) Valves Cover Gasket ...................976-705-01 Clapper Facing .................. 976-709-01 2-1/2" (DN65) Valves Cover Gasket ...................975-618-01 Clapper Facing .................. 975-621-01 3" (DN80) Valves Cover Gasket ...................975-618-01 Clapper Facing .................. 975-491-01 4" (DN100) Valves Cover Gasket ................... 975-120-01 Clapper Facing ..................975-003-01 5" (DN125) Valves Cover Gasket ................... 975-120-01 Clapper Facing .................. 975-219-01 6" (DN150) Valves Cover Gasket ................... 975-218-01 Clapper Facing ..................975-006-01 8" (DN200) Valves Cover Gasket ...................975-479-01 Clapper Facing ..................975-463-01 10" (DN250) Valves Cover Gasket ...................976-000-01 Clapper Facing .................. 975-977-01 12" (DN300) Valves Cover Gasket ................... 976-472-01 Clapper Facing .................. 976-474-01 © 2008 TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS, 451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 FireLock® Dry Accelerator SERIES 746-LPA The Victaulic Series 746-LPA Firelock Accelerator is a quick -opening device that can be added to the: • Victaulic FireLock NXTTM Series 768 Dry and Series 769 Preaction Valve in order to speed response time and/or accommodate larger systems. IMPORTANT: The Series 746-LPA and the Series 746 provide unique functionality and are NOT interchangeable. Series 746-LPA Firelock Dry Accelerators are compatible with the Victaulic Series 768, 769 valves and are recommended for system air pressures ranging from 13psi/90kPa to 18 psi/124 kPa. FUNCTIONALITY DIMENSIONS JOB/OWNER System No Location c&s <R> VdS LPCB C E LWED 0786 See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details The Series 746-LPA Firelock Dry Accelerator speeds the operation of the sprinkler's control valves by sensing the rapid decay of system pressure and exhausting air from the upper chamber of the actuating device. It attaches to the air supply's trim at the inlet of the dry actuator. System air pressure in the upper and lower chambers sets the dry accelerator in the closed position, which holds pressure in the air chamber of the actuating device. When a sprinkler opens and system air pressure releases, the air evacuates from the lower chamber faster than it does from the upper air chamber. As the air pressure in the lower chamber decreases, the pressure in the upper air chamber remains relatively higher. When a 3 — 5 psi/21 — 34 kPa differential occurs, the Series 746-LPA Firelock opens and vents the lower chamber's air into the atmosphere. This action also exhausts the air quickly from the actuator, which causes the sprinkler valve to operate. The Series 746-LPA Firelock features a unique, built-in check valve that allows rapid pressure equal- ization of the dry accelerator during system charging, and fast response to variations in system air pressure. The Series 746-LPA Firelock is equipped with all required parts, and is easily attached to the valve trim without additional modification. The Series 746-LPA Firelock Dry Accelerator is rated to 300 psi/2065 kPa working pressure, and is tested and UL Listed/FM Approved for use with all sizes of Victaulic Series 768, Series 769 Fire Safety Valves. CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Para Date Approved www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV G ✓ct_au lic° 30.64_1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.64 FireLock° Dry Accelerator SERIES 746-LPA RECOMMENDED MINIMUM AIR PRESSURES COMPRESSOR AND AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM REQUIREMENTS Series 764-LPA FireLock Dry Accelerators For Systems Containing Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuators, Series 767 Electric/Pneumatic Actuators, or Series 798 Double -Pneumatic Actuators 30 25 N a 20 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 MAXIMUM WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE - psi (Peak) NOTES: 1 When a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is used with a Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator, Series 767 Electric/Pneumatic Actuator, or a Series 798 Double -Pneumatic Actuator, the air maintenance trim assembly MUST be used with the air regulator. 2 The recommended air pressures, shown in the chart above, apply to valves equipped with the Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator, Series 767 Electric/Pneumatic or Series 798 Double -Pneumatic Actuator at 13 psi/90kPa. When the system air pressure is higher than 18 psi/124 kPa, a series 746 LPA Dry Accelerator should be installed. 3 Systems operating at air pressures higher than 20 psi (138 kPa) should use the Series 746 Dry Accelerator. ........................... .......................... www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. �ctiaUllc 30.64_2 REV_G IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 30.64 FirpLOCk® Dry Accelerator SERIES 746-LPA SERIES 757 REGULATED AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY (For use with tank mounted air compressors or shop air systems) When a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is used with a Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator, Series 767 electric/pneumatic actuator, or a Series 798 Double -Pneumatic Actuator, the air maintenance trim assembly MUST be used with the air regulator. Bill of Materials 1 1/873.2mm Restrictor 2 Slow Fill Ball Valve (Normally Open) 3 Air Regulator 4 Strainer (100 Mesh) 5 Spring -Loaded, Soft -Seated Ball Check Valve 6 Fast Fill Ball Valve (Normally Closed) 1 In the event that a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank -mounted compressor provides the greatest protection for systems that contain a Series 746-LPA FireLock Dry Accelerator. In this situation, air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. 2 If multiple valves are installed with a common air supply, isolate the system by using a spring -loaded, soft -seat check valve to ensure air integrity for each system. 3 Victaulic recommends using no more than two dry valves per air maintenance trim assembly. NOTE: The Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with Pressure Switch MUST NOT BE USED in any system installed with a Series 746-LPA FireLock Dry Accelerator. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV G ✓ct_Su lic 30.64_3 FireLock° Dry Accelerator SERIES 746-LPA MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Bronze per CDA-836 (85-5-5-5) Diaphragm: EPDM Seal: EPDM Spring: Type 316 Stainless Steel Restrictor: Porous Stainless Steel Bolts: Type 316 Stainless Steel 0-ring: EPDM Bill of Materials 1 Opening/Air Chamber 9 0-Ring 2 Restrictor 10 Seal Support 3 Piston 11 Closing Chamber Seal 4 0-Ring 12 Button -Head Cap Screw 5 Diaphragm 13 Washer 6 Actuator Shaft 14 Adjustable Seat 7 Closing Chamber 15 Check Valve 8 Compression Spring To Pressure Gauge �� EN WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. III II II I III I III IIIIIIII I II III II I I I III WCAS-7MW R HT For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 30.64 2934 REV G UPDATED 1/2009 �:.'_tau Iilce VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 30.64 FireLock° Devices h91 I**4*jwilI aLTA Fill►11111:1Z►el01 Bill aII ILYAFeV39:ILLYi13w1 The FireLock Air Maintenance Trim Assembly is designed to control the system air pressure when using FireLock NXT valves Series 764, 768 and 769. The Victaulic Air Maintenance Trim Assembly is designed for use with small air compressors which do not have pressure control switches. By wiring the compressor to the 757P pressure switch, the compressor is controlled by the system pressure. Air pressure decreases close the switch to start the compressor. When pressure is restored, the compressor is turned off and the compressor is unloaded with the unloader valve. Series 757P must be used with a reliable source of continuous (24hrs./day, 7days/wk.) electricity. Note: The switch is factory preset at 13-18 psi operating range and is ready for installation on all FireLock NXT valves Series 764, 768 and 769. The Air Maintenance Trim Assembly and switch, when used with a 753-A actuator, is factory preset at 20-40 psi and must be manually field set to recommended air pressure required by the system. Included in the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly are the following components: • Strainer — A 100 mesh strainer is used to prevent particles from entering the Air Maintenance System and the sprinkler system. • Restrictor — A brass Restrictor is used in the air maintenance loop in order to assure that air cannot enter the sprinkler system faster than air can be discharged through an open head. • Spring Loaded In -line Check Valve — A bubble tight ball check is used to isolate the valve air maintenance system from air leaks in the air supply system. • Fast Fill Line — Used to rapidly restore system air pressure following operation or service. • Pressure switch with unloader valve to automatically bleed pressure off the compressor when the switch opens. This protects the compressor from start-up overload. Note: Two different versions are available: 25 psi cut -in — 40 psi cut-out for Series 753A and 13psi cut -in — 18psi cut-out for Series 776 Low Pressure Actuators and Series 798 Double - Pneumatic Actuators. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR System No. Location Submitted By Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.O1 FOR DETAILS ENGINEER Spec Sect Para Approved Date Ea ✓Ict_au lic° REV_D 30.36_1 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE 30.36 Firer mock° Devices SERIES 757P AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM Bill of Materials Item Qty. Description 1 1 Restrictor (1/2-inch NPT) 2 1 Strainer (1/2-inch NPT) 3 1 Swing Check (1/2-inch NPT) 4 1 Slow -Fill Ball Valve (Normally Open) 5 1 Spring -Loaded, Soft -Seated Check Valve 6 1 Pressure Switch 7 2 Compression Fitting, Straight (1/4-inch NPT x 1/4-inch Tube) 8 1 CopperTubing (1/4-inch OD) 9 11 Close Nipple (1/2-inch NPTx 1.13) 10 1 Nipple (1/2-inch NPT x4.00) 11 1 90° Female Elbow (1/2-inch NPT) 12 4 Female Tee (1/2-inch NPT) 13 3 Union (1/2-inch NPT) 14 2 Reducing Bushing (1/2-inch NPT x 1/4-inch NPT) 15 1 Fast -Fill Ball Valve (Normally Closed) 16 1 Pressure Switch Isolation Ball Valve (Normally Open - Lockable) NOTES: The Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly is designed to control system air pressure for Series 768 FireLock NXTTm Dry Valves, Series 764 FireLock NXT Alternate Wet/Dry Valves, and Series 769 FireLock NXT Deluge and Preaction Valves (pneumatic systems). A decrease in air pressure will close the pressure switch. When the pressure switch closes, the air compressor turns on to restore air pressure. When air pressure is restored, the air compressor turns off, and pressure in the compressor automatically bleeds off through the release valve of the pressure switch. The release valve protects the air compressor from startup overload. NOTICE Victaulic recommends a maximum of two FireLock NXT Valves per Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with Pressure Switch. The required air pressure for Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves, Series 764 FireLock NXT Alternate Wet/Dry Valves, and Series 769 FireLock NXT Deluge and Preaction Valves is 13 psi/0.9 Bar minimum, regardless of the system supply water pressure. Normal air pressure should not exceed 18 psi/1.2 Bar. Air pressure higher than the required system air pressure could delay system operation response time. The Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with Pressure Switch MUST NOT be used on a Series 768 or Series 769 FireLock NXT Valve installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator, unless a tank and air regulator are added. The engineer/system designer is responsible for sizing the compressor so that the entire system is charged to the required air pressure within NFPA guidelines (30 minutes). DO NOT oversize the compressor to provide more airflow. An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. ialLallc 30.36_2 REV_D FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE 30.36 FireLock® Devices I.9:1 7I:&w4*17e1I aLTA 1e1I►III II:lkq►e101[1lall ILYAFeV39:ILYAWw1 AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM CONTINUED v 12 10 2 0 COMPRESSOR REQUIREMENTS 20 psi/138 kPa o w w o w m o o o 0 0 0 0 System Capacity (in gallons) www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. . REV D ✓ct_Su lic 30.20_3 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE 30.36 Firer mock° Devices SERIES 757P AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT A WARNING • This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve. These instructions contain important information. c Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions or have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. Install the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly in the orientation shown on the appropriate trim drawing. Refer to the Installation, Maintenance and Testing Manuals of the particular valve being installed for detailed setting information and procedures. Adjustment More accurate adjustment of the system air pressure should then be made using the system pressure gauge. Range Always adjust the range spring nut (A) first, until the desired operating point on falling pressure is obtained. This adjustment changes both the cut -in and cut-out operating points but should always be adjusted for the cut -in point. Turning the nut (A) clockwise will increase the setting. Differential Set the operating point on rising pressure by adjusting the differential spring nut (B). Turning the nut (B) clockwise increases the pressure difference between the cut -in and cut-out operating points by increasing the cut-out point only. Release Valve This valve is factory installed. If the valve is replaced or the valve screw (E) requires adjustment for any reason, the following steps must be taken. With air pressure applied to the valve and the switch contacts open, turn the adjusting screw (C) until the valve just begins to release air, then turn the screw (C) clockwise an additional 1'h turns. Now lock the jam nut (E) against the bearing plate lever (F). www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. �ctaiulllc 30.36_4 REV_D FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE 30.36 FireLock® Devices 1-1:1 71*3L*17e1I aLTA Fi1I►III II:lkq►e101[QaI 711YAFeV39:ILLYiI.] III INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT CONTINUED Exaggerated for clarity LI1 LI2 LI1 11, LI3 115 2 HP 3 HP 1 HP 230 3 HP 5 HP 1 HP 460-575 5 HP 5 HP 32 Y2HP NOTE: Hook electrical power up per applicable electrical codes as per diagram provided. Do not attach a motor larger than electrical rating per chart. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. 40—tau I_i REV_D 30.20_5 FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE 30.36 Firer mock° DeviceF M:11 7I*Wi jWill14kh/e11�111i:1►hlLgDii:1111111 711 ]W4 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. �ct.'aUllc 30.36_6 REV_D FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS — IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE 30.36 FireLock® Devices 1.9:17I:&*I AUFAI MLTA 1e1I►kIII :Ikq►e101[11aI ILYAAFeV39:ILYAWw1 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. �c-tau llc REV_D 30.20_7 FireLock® DPilirpc SERIES 757P AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the Installation, Maintenance, and Testing manual shipped with the product. Installation, Maintenance, and Testing manuals are included with each shipment of Victaulic products and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 30.36 3165 REV D UPDATED 1/2009 �L+tauIIC® VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 30.36 Victaulic° FireLock NXTT" Dry Valve ✓ctaul1cr Series 768N 31.80 Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: • 1 1/2 — 8" /40 — 200 mm Pressure Class: • Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/21 Bar Minimum Air Pressure: • 13 psi/90 kPa/.90 Bar Acutation Options: • Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator • Optional: Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator Valve Configurations: • Bare • Pre -trimmed: Completely assembled with all necessary trim components. • Vic -Quick Riser: Pre -trimmed and includes: • Shut Off Valve (11/2740 mm: Series 728 Ball Valve, 2" — 8750 — 200 mm: Series 705 FireLock Butterfly Valve) • Pre-set high or low air and alarm pressure switches • Drain kit • Fire-Pac Series 745 (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.23) Pipe Preparation: • Victaulic Original Groove System Application/Media: • For use on fire protection systems only. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date victaulic.com 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 deictaullid 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c SL us FM LPCB E usreo 104-la/02 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, grade 65-45-12. Clapper: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Latch: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Shafts: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM, ASTM D2000 Bushings/Seat 0-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless Steel (300 Series) Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement The l V2-inch/48.3-mm and 2-inch/60.3-mm valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Item Description 1 Valve Body 2 Clapper 3 Clapper Seal 4 Seal Ring 5 Seal Washer 6 Seal Retaining Ring 7 Seal Assembly Bolt 8 Clapper Spring 9 Clapper Shaft 10 Clapper Shaft Bushing and O-Ring (Qty. 2) Item Description 11 Cover Plate 12 Cover Plate Gasket 13 Cover Plate Bolts 14 Latch 15 Latch Spring 16 Latch Spring Bushing and O-Ring (Qty. 2) 17 Diaphragm 18 Diaphragm Cover 19 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws (Qty. 8) 20 Latch Shaft 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) Standard Trim Package: • Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator — The Series 776 Low -Pressure Actuator is pneumatically actuated and requires only 13 psi/90 kPa minimum air pressure, regardless of the system supply pressure. This actuator allows the system to operate with a low air or gas pressure of 7 psi/48 kPa. • All required pipe nipples and fittings - standard galvanized finish • All standard trim accessories • All required gauges ❑ Optional Trim Package: Black Trim for Foam Systems — If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. Optional Accessories: ❑ Alarm Pressure Switch — Alarm Pressure Switches are designed to activate electrical alarms and control panels when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Included in VQR trim. ❑ Air Supervisory Pressure Switch — Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low and high system air pressure and are factory pre-set. Included in VQR trim. ❑ Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator — The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 768N Dry Valve is installed in large systems to improve response time. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.64. ❑ Series 760 Water Motor Alarm — The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.32. ❑ Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device — The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.33. ❑ Series 75D Water Column Kit — The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.34. ❑ Air Supply System — The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor, low-pressure alarms, ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. ❑ Air Compressor (See page 6 for more on the Victaulic Series 7C7 Compressor Package) ❑ Air Maintenance Trim Assembly ❑ Fire Alarm Control Panels [I Drain Connection Kit — Included in VQR option. Orange shaded areas identify components that are optional equipment. These components are standard when the VOR assembly is ordered. Gray shaded areas identify components that are optional equipment. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctauli victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Full Open Dimensions Weight Each Nominal Without With Size A Al B Bl B2 C D Dl E F Fl G H J K L Trim Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches Ibs Ibs DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 11/2 9.00 16.37 27.75 32.25 46.00 10.25 13.00 16.25 9.00 10.00 5.50 27.25 3.25 10.25 6.00 8.25 16.7 43.0 DN40 228.60 415.80 705 819 1168 260 330 413 229 254 140 692 83 260 152 210 7.6 19.5 2 9.00 13.83 27.75 32.25 46.00 10.00 13.00 16.50 9.00 10.00 6.75 27.00 3.25 10.25 6.00 8.75 17.0 43.0 DN50 228.60 351.28 705 819 1168 254 330 419 229 254 171 686 83 260 152 222 7.7 19.5 21/2 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 76.1 mm 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 3 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 66.0 DN80 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.9 4 15.03 19.85 30.25 34.75 48.25 15.00 16.00 22.00 11.00 11.25 9.25 25.25 4.75 8.50 8.00 7.00 59.0 95.0 DN100 381.76 504.19 768 883 1226 381 406 559 279 286 235 641 121 216 203 178 26.7 43.0 165.1 mm 16.00 22.13 31.25 35.75 50.25 15.25 17.00 28.75 11.00 11.75 11.75 25.50 4.50 8.25 8.25 7.25 80.0 116.0 406.40 562.10 794 908 1276 387 432 730 279 298 298 648 114 210 210 184 36.2 52.6 6 16.00 22.13 31.25 35.75 50.25 15.25 17.00 28.75 11.00 11.75 11.75 25.50 4.50 8.25 8.25 7.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 406.40 562.10 794 908 1276 387 432 730 279 298 298 648 114 210 210 184 36.2 52.6 8 17.50 23.02 33.00 37.75 51.25 16.25 16.25 25.25 12.25 10.00 13.75 26.00 4.75 8.25 9.25 7.75 122.0 158.0 DN200 444.50 584.71 838 959 1302 413 413 641 311 254 349 660 121 210 235 197 55.3 71.6 NOTES • The "A" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. • The "Al" dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. • The "DI" dimension is not a fixed measurement. The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit (shown in orange) is for reference and takeout dimensions. This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com M ✓ctaulic 1144211lir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65°F/18°C through an open valve. 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 N a i a 1.0 O 0*9 w 0.7 0.6 0.5 N 0.4 w L 0.3 0.2 0.1 L- ' ' ' 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE - GPM Frictional Resistance The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 768N FireLock NXT. Dry Valve in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Equivalent Nominal Actual Length of Size Outside Diameter Pipe inches inches feet DN mm meters 11/2 1.900 3.00 DN40 48.3 0.914 2 2.375 9.00 DN50 60.3 2.743 21/2 2.875 8.00 73.0 2.438 76.1 mm 3.000 8.00 76.1 2.439 3 3.500 17.00 DN80 88.9 5.182 4 4.500 21.00 DN100 114.3 6.401 165.1 mm 6.500 22.00 165.1 6.706 6 6.625 22.00 DN150 168.3 6.706 8 8.625 50.00 DN200 219.1 15.240 Cv Values: Cv values for flow of water at +60°F/+16°C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. Formulas for Cv values AP = Q2/Cv2 Q=CvXVAP Where: Flow Coefficient Cv Q (Flow) GPM AP (Pressure Drop) psi Valve Size Full Open r Actual Nominal Outside Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches Cv mm mm Kv 1 1/2 1.900 60 40 48.3 52.0 2 2.375 110 50 60.3 95.0 21/2 2.875 180 65 73.0 156.0 3.000 180 76.1 mm 76.1 156.0 3 3.500 200 80 88.9 173.0 4 4.500 350 100 114.3 302.8 6.500 1000 165.1 mm 165.1 865.0 6.625 1000 6 150 168.3 865.0 8 8.625 1500 200 219.1 1499.1 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctauli virtnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Air Supply Requirements • Minimum: 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar regardless of the system water pressure • Maximum Recommended: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Multiple Series 768N FireLock NXT Dry Valves with a common air supply: • Isolate systems with a Victaulic spring —loaded, soft -seated ball check valve to ensure air integrity and serviceability of each system. • Sizing the compressor: • Engineer/system designer is responsible • Entire system must be charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes to meet NFPA requirements • An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation • Compressor filling the system too fast: • May be necessary to restrict the air supply • Ensure that air exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is exhausted • Compressor Requirements • Base or Riser Mounted Compressors: • "On" or "low" pressure setting: 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar • "Off" or "high" pressure setting: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Victaulic Series 7C7 riser mounted and pre-set for pressure requirements (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.22). • If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with pressure switch should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.36). • Shop Air or Tank -Mounted Air Compressors: • Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.35) • 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar should be used as the set point for the air regulator • The compressor cut -in (turn -on) pressure setting should be at least 5 psi/34kPa/34 Bar above the set point of the air regulator. • Exploded View Trim: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.35) • Compressor Requirements and settings for systems installed with series 746 or series 746-LPA dry accelerators • A tank -mounted air compressor with a Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used to supply air to system installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. • In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank -mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection, since air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ✓ctauli victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING w _ t�mlllllll� lls • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 30.35: FireLockTm Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757 Submittal 30.36: FireLockTm Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757P Submittal 30.22: FireLock@ Compressor Package Series 7C7 Submittal 30.32: FireLockTM Water Motor Alarm Series 760 Submittal 30.65: Firel-ock"m Low Pressure Actuator Series 776 Submittal 1-768N: FireLock NXTTm Dry Valve Series 768N Installation Manual User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to Installation alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. countries. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctai l�lc Bulletin 621 October 2018 Reliable Model CR Commercial Riser cULus Listed, FM Approved 1-1/2" through 8" (40 - 200 mm) Sizes 300 psi (20,7 bar) Pressure Rated Features • Cast stainless steel body for 1-1/2" and 2" threaded manifolds • Schedule 10 welded body for 2" - 8" grooved versions • Optional schedule 40 manifold for 2" - 4" sizes • Approved for vertical or horizontal installation Product Description The Reliable Model CR Commercial Riser arrives factory as- sembled with water flow switch, pressure gauge, and main drain for a cost-effective system riser or floor control assem- bly. The Model CR is cULus listed (VEOY.EX5980) and FM ap- proved as a unit. The main drain is available with a ball valve or Reliable Test and Drain valve, which is available with a wide selection of test orifice K-factor choices. An optional pressure relief valve kit, available in 175, 185, 210, 260, and 310 psi (12, 13, 14, 18, and 21 bar) rating, is also available. Model CR Commercial Riser 3" (80mm) welded Commercial Riser w/ 175psi Pressure Relief Kit and Test & Drain Valve (K5.6) 1-1/2" (40mm) Cast Stainless Commercial Riser w/ basic assembly Valve Size End Connections Material End -to -End Take Drain Size K-Factor for Optional Out Test and Drain Valve* 1-1/2" (40mm) Threaded Cast Stainless 8-1/4" (210mm) 1" (25mm) 2.8 (40), 4.2 (60), 5.6 (80) 2" (50mm) Threaded Cast Stainless 8-1/4" (210mm) 1" (25mm) 2" (50mm) Grooved S10, S40 Steel 13" (330mm) 1" (25mm) 2-1/2" (65mm) Grooved S10, S40 Steel 13" (330mm) 1-1/4" (32mm) 4.2 (60), 5.6 (80), 8.0 (115), 11.2 (160) 3" (80mm) Grooved S10, S40 Steel 13" (330mm) 1-1/4" (32mm) 4" (100mm) Grooved S10, S40 Steel 13" (330mm) 2" (50mm) 5.6 (80), 8.0 (115), 11.2 6" (150mm) Grooved S10 Steel 13" (330mm) 2" (50mm) (160), 16.8 (240) 8" (200mm) Grooved S10 Steel 13" (330mm) 2" (50mm) *Note: K-factor must be equal to or less than the K-factor of the smallest K-factor installed on the sprinkler system. For sprinkler systems where the smallest K-factor sprinkler on the system is greater than the largest available valve K-factor, use any valve K-factor that will provide a minimum flow of 10gpm (38 Ipm) as required to operate a UL Listed Waterflow Switch. www.reliablesprinkler.com Model CR Commercial Riser Threaded End Assemblies (1-1/2" [40mm] & 2" [50mm]) THREADED ENDS ASSEMBLIES (1-1/211(40MM) & 2"(50MM) ONLY) B D 3-WAY VALVE PRESSURE RELIEF KIT C E E PRESSURE ® (TAKE OUT) A GAUGE a + r BALL VALVE WATERFLOW MANIFOL C� (DRAIN DETECTOR BODY CONNECTION) BASIC ASSEMBLY (2" [SOMMI VERSION SHOWN) WITH OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF KIT 3- PRESSURE D GAUGE 3-WAY VALVE r slit ° A E (TAKE OUT) 0 VALVE !0 (DRAIN CONNECTION) r WATERFLOW MANIFOLD �O DEFECTOR BODY BASIC ASSEMBLY (2" [50MMI VERSION SHOWN) WITH TEST AND DRAIN VALVE & OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF KIT (TEST AND DRAIN SHOWN IN "TEST' POSITION) Threaded End Basic Assembly w/ Pressure Relief Valve End Manifold A B C D E Weight Connection Pipe Size in in in in in Ibs in (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) 1-1/2 11 11-1/2 3 7-3/4 8-1/4 8.3 Threaded (40) (279) (292) (80) (197) (210) (3.8) Ends (See Fig.1) 2 11 12-1/4 3-1/4 8 81/4 9.1 (50) (279) (311) (83) (200) Threaded End w/ Test & Drain Valve and Pressure Relief Kits End Manifold A B C D E Weight Connection Pipe Size in in in in in Ibs in (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) 1-1/2 12-112 113/4 3 7-3/4 8-1/4 8.3 Threaded (40) (318) (298) (80) (197) (210) (3.8) Ends (See Fig.1) 2 12-1/2 12-1/2 3-1/4 8 8-1/4 9.1 (50) (318) (318) (83) (200) (210) (4.1) Bulletin 621 October 2018 Page 2 of 5 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model CR Commercial Riser Grooved End Assemblies (2" [50mm] - 8" [200mm]) GROOVED ENDS ASSEMBLIES (211(50MM), 2-1/211(65MM), 3"(80MM), 4"(100MM), 6"(150MM) & 8" (200MMI) VALVE RELIEF VALVE KIT REDUCING W iimmwl ,1� WATERFLOW/ IC� DETECTOR MANIM. BALL BODY DRAIN VALVE CONNECTION BASIC ASSEMBLY (3' [SOMMI VERSION SHOWN) WITH OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF KIT BASIC ASSEMBLY 14" 1100MM1 VERSION SXOWNI WITX TEST AND DRAIN VALVE 8 OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF KIT (TEST AND DRAIN SHOWN IN'TEST" nSITIONI UT) Grooved End Basic Assembly w/ Pressure Relief Valve End Manifold A B C D E Weight Connection Pipe Size in in in it in Ibs in (mm) om) (mrn) (mrn) (mn) (mm) (kg) 2 12,1/4 19 5-1/4 8 13 10.7 (50) (324) (483) (133) (200) (330) (4.9) 2-1/2 123/4 19-1/2 6-3/4 8-1/4 13 12.9 (65) (324) (495) (171) (210) (330) (5.9) 3 123/4 20-1/4 7 8-1/2 13 17.6 Grooved Ends (80) (324) (514) (178) (216) (330) (8.0) (See Fig. 2) 4 14 23-1/2 8-1/4 9 13 21.3 (80) (356) (597) (210) (229) (330) (9.7) 6 14 26 9-1/4 10 13 26.3 (150) (356) (660) (235) (254) (330) (11.9) 8 14-1/4 27-1/2 10-1/4 11 13 31.0 (200) (362) (699) (260) (279) (330) (14.1) Grooved End w/ Test & Drain Valve and Pressure Relief Kits End Manifold A B C D E Weight Connection Pipe Size in in in in in Ibs in (mm) (mm) (mrn) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) 2-1/2 15-1/4 19-1/2 6-3/4 8-1/4 13 12.9 (65) (400) (495) (171) (210) (330) (5.9) 3 15-1/4 20-1/4 7 8-1/2 13 17.6 (80) (400) (514) (178) (216) (330) (8.0) Grooved 4 18-1/4 23-1/2 8-1/4 9 13 21.3 Ends (80) (464) (597 (210) (229) (330) (9.7) (See Fig. 2) 6 18-1/4 26 9-1/4 10 13 26.3 (150) (464) (660) (235) (254) (330) (11.9) 8 18-1/4 27-1/2 10-1/4 11 13 31.0 (200) (464) (699) (260) (279) (330) (14.1) Bulletin 621 October 2018 Page 3 of 5 www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation The Model CR Commercial Riser shall be installed in accor- dance with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems," as well as the requirements of any authorities hav- ing jurisdiction. When installed vertically, the direction of flow shall be up through the assembly. For horizontal installations, the water flow indicator must be located to the top and drain opening to the bottom. Failure to follow installation instruc- tions may void the warranty and/or listing of the valve. Verify compatibility of the Model CR Commercial Riser materials with the water supply and the environment where the valve will be installed prior to installation. Maintenance The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system in proper operating condition. Any system mainte- nance or testing that involves placing a system out of service may eliminate the fire protection that is provided by the fire protection system. Notify any required authorities having jurisdiction and implement appropriate precautions prior to proceeding. The Reliable Model CR Commercial Riser shall periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA 25, "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Sys- tems," provides minimum maintenance requirements. Replace any components found to be corroded, damaged, worn or non -operable. Increase the frequency of inspections when the valve is exposed to corrosive conditions or chemicals that could impact materials and/or operation of the assembly. Guarantee For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler, Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. Ordering Information Specify: Reliable Model CR Commercial Riser Size End Connections (1 1/2" and 2" threaded, 2" through 8" grooved) (Optional) Schedule 40 (2" through 4" grooved end only) Drain Option (Ball valve or Test and Drain valve) Test orifice K-factor (if ordering Test and Drain valve) (Optional) Pressure Relief Valve Kit (175, 185, 210, 260, or 310 psi [12.1, 12.8, 14.5, 17.9, or 21.4 bar]) Notes: 1. All Model CR Commercial Riser Assemblies come with a 300 psi (20.7 bar) UL Listed and FM Approved pressure gauge for 175 psi (12.1 bar) applications. If the Model CR Commercial Riser Assembly is to be installed in a 300 psi (20.7 bar) application, please purchase a 600 psi (41.4 bar) (P/N 98248005) pressure gauge. This gauge may or may not be UL Listed and/or FM Approved at the time of purchase. 2. Unless specified at the time of ordering, pressure relief kits are NOT installed at the factory. This will facilitate hydrostatic testing of the system. When factory installed (see note 3 below) customer acknowledges that the pressure relief valve will operate during normal hydrostatic testing. 3. If required, Pressure Relief Kits may also be installed in the factory. Please contact Reliable's Customer Service Department for details. Bulletin 621 October 2018 Page 4 of 5 www.reliablesprinkler.com Residential Riser Ordering Information Part Number 6AWWORXYYZ Riser Manifold Size & End Connections W W Waterflow Detector MFG X Option* Drain Valve/K-Factor YY Pressure Relief Valve Z 08 = 1-1/2" Threaded Female NPT S = System Sensor 00 = 1" Ball Valve Drain -- 0 = None 09 = 2" Threaded Female NPT P = Potter Flow Detector 01 = 1-1/4" Ball Valve Drain -- 1 = 175 psi (12.1 bar) 10 = 2" Grooved SCH10 02 = 2" Ball Valve Drain -- 2 = 185 psi (12.8 bar) 11 = 2" Grooved SCH40 03 = 1" RASCO T&D Valve - K2.8 3 = 210 psi (14.5 bar) 12 = 2-1/2" Grooved SCH10 04 = 1" RASCO T&D Valve - K4.2 4 = 260 psi (17.9 bar) 13 = 2-1/2" Grooved SCH40 05 = 1" RASCO T&D Valve - K5.6 5 = 310 psi (21.4 bar) 14 = 3" Grooved SCH10 06 = 1-1/4" RASCO T&D Valve - K4.2 15 = 3" Grooved SCH40 07 = 1-1/4" RASCO T&D Valve - K5.6 16 = 4" Grooved SCH10 08 = 1-1/4" RASCO T&D Valve - K8.0 17 = 4" Grooved SCH40 09 = 1-1/4" RASCO T&D Valve - K11.2 18 = 6" Grooved SCH10 10 = 2" RASCO T&D Valve - K5.6 19 = 8" Grooved SCH10 11 = 2" RASCO T&D Valve - K8.0 12 = 2" RASCO T&D Valve - K11.2 13 = 2" RASCO T&D Valve - K16.8 14 = 1" AGF T&D Valve - K2.8 15 = 1" AGF T&D Valve - K4.2 16 = 1" AGF T&D Valve - K5.6 17 = 1-1/4" AGF T&D Valve - K4.2 18 = 1-1/4" AGF T&D Valve - K5.6 19 = 1-1/4" AGF T&D Valve - K8.0 20 = 1-1/4" AGF T&D Valve - K11.2 21 = 2" AGF T&D Valve - K5.6 22 = 2" AGF T&D Valve - K8.0 23 = 2" AGF T&D Valve - K11.2 24 = 2" AGF T&D Valve - K25 *Note: Manifold sizes 1-1/2" and 2" threaded and 2" grooved have a 1" drain outlet (threaded only), manifold sizes 2-1/2" and 3" have a 1-1/4" drain outlet (threaded or grooved), manifold sizes 4", 6", and 8" have a 2" drain outlet (threaded or grooved). v 0 0 (0 0 0 cn CI)0) Bulletin 621 ��';��'� Page 5 of 5 October 2018 www.reliablesprinkler.com DRUM DRIP ASSEMBLY Threaded Connections L R CO CEVS_ ARGCO DRUM DRIP (auxiliary drains, low -point drains, condensation collection assemblies) meet and exceed NFPA 13 and NFPA 25 requirements addressing drainage in dry and pre -action sprinkler systems. Comes fully assembled with UL Listed 1" brass quarter -turn full port 600 psi valves with chrome plated brass balls. They are easily retro-fitted into existing systems or installed into new systems. Wrapped in a bright red, vinyl label that increases visibility, provides a consistant appearance, and includes the required NFPA signage with operating instructions that adhere to NFPA guidelines. Features: • High Visibility • Consistent Appearance • Fully Assembled • Galvanized or Black Steel Pipe • High -Quality, Brass, Quarter Turn Ball Valves # 2-3/4" • Easy Installation • Easy Operation • NFPA Signage Item Number: 6520380T Drum Drip with Threaded Connections - Galvanized Pipe Item Number: 6520381T Drum Drip with Threaded Connections - Black Pipe System No. Submitted By 26-1/2" DRAINING COLLECTING Location Spec Section Paragraph Date Approved Date ARGCO.com VARGCO Updated 11/12/2020 AROCO.c 000-85-1015 SECTION 4 ALARMS AND SUPERVISORY DEVICES c POTTER The Symbol of Protection Ordering Information Model Description Stock No. PS40-1 Pressure switch with one set SPDT contacts 1340403 PS40-2 Pressure switch with two sets SPDT contacts 1340404 Hex Key 5250062 Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 BVL Bleeder valve 1000018 Installation The Potter PS40 Series Pressure Actuated Switches are designed primarily to detect an increase and/or decrease from normal system pressure in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Typical applications are: Dry pipe system, pre -action air/nitrogen supervision, pressure tanks, air supplies, and water supplies. The PS40 switch is factory set for 40 PSI (2,8 BAR) normal system pressure. The switch marked with the word LOW is set to operate at a pressure decrease of 10 PSI (,7 BAR) at 30 PSI (2,1 BAR). The switch marked with the word HIGH is set to operate at a pressure increase of 10 PSI (,7 BAR) at 50 PSI (395 BAR). See section heading Adjustments and Testing if other than factory set point is required. 1. Connect the PS40 to the system side of any shutoff or check valve. 2. Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device. (Do not use pipe dope) 3. Device should be mounted in the upright position. (Threaded connection down) 4. Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device. Wiring Instructions 1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided. 2. Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and sharply apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig. 9 3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the connector to the device. A NEMA-4 rated conduit fitting is required for outdoor use. PS40 SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH (UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM and LPC Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Pending) Dimensions: 3.78" (9,6cm)W x 3.20" (8,lcm)D x 4.22" (10,7cm)H Conduit Entrance: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual switch compartments and ground screw suitable for dissimilar voltages Enclosure: Cover- Die-cast with textured red powdercoat finish, single cover screw and rain lip. Base- Die-cast Pressure Connection: Nylon 1/2" NPT male Factory Adjustment: PS40-1 operates on decrease at 30 PSI (2,1 BAR) PS40-2 operates in increase at 50 PSI (3,5 BAR) and on decrease at 30 PSI (2,1 BAR) Pressure Range: 10-60 PSI (,7 - 4,1 BAR) Differential: Typical 1 lb. at 10 PSI (,07 at ,7 BAR) 4 lbs at 60 PSI (,28 at 4,1 BAR) Maximum System Pressure: 300 PSI (20,68 BAR) Switch Contacts: SPDT (Form C) 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC, 2.0 Amps at 30VDC One SPDT in PS40-1, Two SPDT in PS40-2 Environmental Specifications: NEMA 4/IP55 Rated Enclosure - indoor or outdoor when used with NEMA 4 conduit fittings. Temperature range: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) Tamper: Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. For optional cover tamper switch kit, order Stock No. 0090200. See bulletin #5401200 PSCTSK. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential Occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the service intended. See Figures 2,4,5,6, and 8 Adjustment And Testing The operation of the pressure supervisory switch should be tested upon completion of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). Note: Testing the PS40 may activate other system connected devices. The use of a Potter BVL (see product bulletin 8900067 for details) is recommended to facilitate setting and testing of the PS40 pressure switch. When a BVL (bleeder valve) is used, the pressure to the switch can be isolated and bled from the exhaust port on the BVL without effecting the supervisory pressure of the entire system. See Fig. 3 The operation point of the PS40 Pressure Switch can be adjusted to any point between 10 and 60 PSI (0,7 - 4,11 BAR) by turning the adjustment knob(s) clockwise to raise the actuation point and counter clockwise to lower the actuation point. In the case of the PS40-2, both switches operate independent of each other. Each switch may be independently adjusted to actuate at any point acrosss the switch adjustment range. Initial adjustment can be made with a visual reference from the top of the adjustment knob across to the printed scale on the switch bracket. Final adjustments should be verified with a pressure gauge. Potter Electric Signal Company • 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95400930 - REV D PAGE 1 OF 3 1 /08 CP� POTTER The Symbol of Protection Dimensions Fig. 1 00 t GROUND !rmr 2.87 SCREWS ADJUSTMENT [72.971 KNOB ® 4.22 [107.191 1 /2" NPT - I A 2.48 1.60 162.871 [40.641 3.78 3.20 [95.89] [81.281 NOTE: To prevent leakage, apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only. DWG# 930-1 Typical Sprinkler Applications Fig. 3 PS40 AIR LINE SHUT-OFF PS10 VALVE BLEEDER ALARM TEST PRESSURE CHECK VALVE SWITCH VALVE BVL CHECK RBVS DRY PIPE VALVE VALVE WATER DWG. #924-1A OS & Y BY-PASS VALVE TEST VALVE Typical Connections Fig. 4 WITH NORMAL SYSTEM PRES- PS40-1 SURE APPLIED LOW -TERMINAL 2 CLOSES ON PRESSURE DROP. TO FIRE ALARM PANEL WATER MOTOR GONG TO F ALA PAN] PS40 SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH Switch Clamping Plate Terminal Fig. 2 �UvG DWG# 923-3 O AWARNING An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. A CAUTION Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PSI will render the PSI 0 inoperative. To comply with NFPA- 72 any such valve shall be electrically supervised with a supervisory switch such as Potter Model RBVS. PS40-2 HIGH AIR LOW WITH NORMAL SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE APPLIED HIGH - TERMINAL 1 WILL CLOSE ON PRESSURE INCREASE. DWG# 930-2 PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400930 - REV D PAGE 2 OF 3 1/08 CP� POTTER The Symbol of Protection Low Pressure Signal Connection High Pressure Signal Connection Fig. 5 Fig. 6 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL 0 0 Changing Pressure (With normal system pressure) Fig. 8 Terminal LOW PRESSURE SWITCH C: Common NC 1: Closed when installed under normal system c pressure. ,o 2: Open when installed under normal system pressure. Closes on c t 2 pressure drop. Use for low air signal. -------------------------------- Terminal 1: Open when installed under normal system pressure. Closes on increase in pressure. Use for high air signal. 2: Closed under normal system pressure. HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH NC C r C t 2 DWG# 930-3 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL Removing Knockouts Fig. 9 Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type Waterflow Switch Pressure type supervisory switches; shall be a Model PS40 as manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company, St. Louis, MO., and shall be installed on the fire sprinkler system as shown and or specified herein. Switches shall be provided with a 1/2" NPT male pressure connection to be connected into the air supply line on the system side of any shut-off valve. A Model BVL bleeder valve as supplied by Potter Electric Signal Company of St. Louis, MO., or equivalent shall be connected in line with the PS40 to provide a means of testing the operation of the supervisory switch. (See Fig. 3) The switch unit shall contain SPDT (Form C) switch(es). One switch shall be set to operate at a pressure decrease of 10 PSI (0,7 BAR) from normal. If two switches are provided, the second switch shall be set to operate at a pressure increase of 10 PSI (0,7 BAR) from normal. Switch contacts shall be rated at 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC and 2.0 Amps at 30VDC. The units shall have a maximum pressure rating of 300 PSI (20,68 BAR) and shall be adjustable from 10 to 60 PSI (0,7 to 4,1 BAR). Pressure switches shall have two conduit entrances, one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of dissimilar voltages for each individual switch. The cover of the pressure switch shall be zinc die-cast with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw. The pressure switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor service with a NEMA-4/IP55 rating. The pressure switch shall be UL, ULC, and CSFM listed, FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted. Gc> L., vv v+r7ld-5 PS40 SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH One Conduit Wiring Fig. 7 Break out thin section of divider to provide path for wires when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. F AWARNING -Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. -Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. -Read all instructions carefully and understand them before starting installation. Save instructions for future use. Failure to read and understand instructions could result in improper operation of device resulting in serious injury or death. -Risk of explosion. Not for use is hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. A CAUTION -Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching flats on the bushing only. Failure to install properly could damage the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to equipment and property. -To seal threads, apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment. -Do not over tighten the device, standard piping practices apply. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400930 - REV D PAGE 3 OF 3 1/08 SECTION 5 FIRE SPRINKLERS tqC00 Series TY-FRB - Worldwide I Contacts I www tyco-fire.com 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-Factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Scan the QR code or enter the URL in a web browser to access the most up-to-date electronic version of this document. Data rates may apply. docs.jci.com/tycofire/tfpl71 General Description The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers described in herein are quick response, standard coverage, decorative 3 mm glass bulb -type spray sprinklers. They are designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupancies such as banks, hotels, and shopping malls. The sprinkler, where applicable, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling. This recessed pendent sprin- kler uses one of the following recessed escutcheons: • Two-piece Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 3/4 in. (19,1 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pendent position. • Two-piece Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/4 in. (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by the recessed escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion -resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond what would be obtained when exposed to corrosive atmospheres. Although corrosion -resistant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the applicable approval agen- cies, the testing is not representative of all possible corrosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, con- centration of chemicals, and gas/ chemical velocity, should be consid- ered, as a minimum, along with the cor- rosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. An intermediate level version of the Series TY-FRB Pendent Sprinklers is detailed in technical data sheet TFP356. Sprinkler guards are detailed in technical data sheet TFP780. NOTICE The Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (NFPA), in addition to i. s MY � a �n , \i f the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. NFPA 13 prohibits installation of 1/2 in. NPT sprinklers with K-factors greater than 5.6 in new construction. They are intended for retrofit in existing sprinkler systems only. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY1131 ... Upright 2.8K, 1/2 in. NPT TY1231 .. Pendent 2.8K, 1/2 in. NPT TY2131 ... Upright 4.2K, 1/2 in. NPT TY2231 .. Pendent 4.2K, 1/2 in. NPT TY3131 ... Upright 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT TY3231 .. Pendent 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT TY4131 ... Upright 8.OK, 3/4 in. NPT TY4231 .. Pendent 8.OK, 3/4 in. NPT TY4831 ... Upright 8.OK, 1/2 in. NPT TY4931 .. Pendent 8.OK, 1/2 in. NPT Page 1 of 12 DECEMBER 2022 TFP171 TFP171 Page 2 of 12 * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN 2- (55, f 1/2' NPT** I UPRIGHT ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on ESCUTCHEON special request. PLATE SEATING SURFACE 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 3/16" 6 mm) 1-9/16" (39,7I mm) 1 WRENCH STYLE 10 or 20 FLATS RECESSED PENDENT ESCUTCHEON 1 Frame 3 Sealing 5 - Compression 2 Button Assembly Screw 4 Bulb 6 - Deflector* 7 - Bushing 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. - RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION FIGURE 1 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY1131) AND PENDENT (TY1231) SPRINKLERS 2.8 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT * Temperature rating ** Pipe thread connections per 1 - Frame is indicated on ISO 7-1 can be provided on ESCUTCHEON 2 - Button Deflector. special request. PLATE SEATING SURFACE 7/16" (11,1 mm NOMINAL MAKE -IN 2 (5 112" NPT** UPRIGHT 5 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) -3/16" 1-1 /2" ,61mm) (38,11mm) 1 1 WRENCH STYLE 10 or 20 FLATS RECESSED PENDENT ESCUTCHEON RECESSED PENDENT 3 - Sealing 5 Compression Assembly Screw 4 - Bulb 6 Deflector* 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. -1 3 2 4 - 5 6* CROSS SECTION FIGURE 2 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY2131) AND PENDENT (TY2231) SPRINKLERS 4.2 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM, LPCB, and NYC Approved EAC Approved Note: For complete approval information, including corrosion -resistant status, see Tables A, B, C and D. Maximum Working Pressure See Table E Discharge Coefficient K=2.8 gpm/psis (40,3 Lpm/bar') K=4.2 gpm/psi/2 (60,5 Lpm/bar/2) K=5.6 gpm/psi/2 (80,6 Lpm/bar'/2) K=8.0 gpm/psi/ (115,2 Lpm/bars) Temperature Rating See Tables A and B Finishes Sprinkler: See Table D Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure White, Grey Aluminum, Jet Black, Chrome Plated, or Natural Brass Physical Characteristics Frame ............................Bronze Button......................Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb...............................Glass Compression Screw.................Bronze Deflector ................... Copper/Bronze Bushing(K=2.8).....................Bronze Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers are intended for fire protection systems designed in accordance with the stan- dard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency, such as UL Listing based on the requirements of NFPA 13 and FM Approval based on the requirements of the FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets. Use only the style 10, 20, 30, or 40 recessed escutcheon, as applica- ble, for recessed pendent installations. TFP171 Page 3 of 12 * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. 1/2" NPT* UPRIGHT ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE i 7/16" 11,1 mm) NOMINAL 2-3/16" MAKE -IN (55,6 mm) 2-3/16" 1-1 /2" (55,6 mm) (38,1 mm) 1� * WRENCH STYLE 10 or 20 FLATS RECESSED PENDENT ESCUTCHEON ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. 1 - Frame 3 - Sealing 5 Compression 2 - Button Assembly Screw 4 - Bulb 6 Deflector* 2-7/8"(73,0 mm) DIA. RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION FIGURE 3 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY3131) AND PENDENT (TY3231) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT * Temperature rating ** Pipe thread connections per 1 - Frame 3 - Sealing 5 - Compression is indicated on ISO 7-1 can be provided on ESCUTCHEON 2 - Button Assembly Screw Deflector. special request. PLATE SEATING 4 - Bulb 6- Deflector* SURFACE 1/2" (12,7 mm) NOMINAL 2-5/16" MAKE -IN (58,7 mm) 2-1/4" 1-9/16" (57,2 mm) (39,71mm) 1 3/4" NPT** WRENCH STYLE 30 or 40 FLATS RECESSED UPRIGHT PENDENT ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. — RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION FIGURE 4 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY4131) AND PENDENT (TY4231) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 IN. NPT 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL Ll MAKE -IN 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) 1/2" NPT** WRENCH FLATS UPRIGHT CEILING PLATE SEATING SURFACE 1 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 1-9/16" (39,7 mm) 1 - Frame 5 - Compression 2 - Button Screw 1 3 - Sealing 6 - Deflector Assembly 3 4 - Bulb 2 * Temperature rating is 4 indicated on Deflector. 5 ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be 6 * provided on special request. PENDENT CROSS SECTION FIGURE 5 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY4831) AND PENDENT (TY4931) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT TFP171 Page 4 of 12 Installation The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) temperature ratings. A leak -tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a mini- mum -to -maximum torque of 7 ft-lb to 14 ft-lb (9,5 N•m to 19,0 N•m). A leak tight 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 10 ft-lb to 20 ft-lb (13,4 N•m to 26,8 N•m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler inlet and cause leakage or impairment of the sprin- kler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the escutch- eon plate by under or over -tightening the sprinkler. Re -adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: Step 1. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprin- klers in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand - tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench as shown in Figure 14. Apply the sprinkler wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats as shown in Figure 1 to Figure 5. Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions: Step 1. After installing the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Mounting Plate, as applica- ble, over the sprinkler threads and with pipe -thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand -tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 2. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench as shown in Figure 15. Apply the sprinkler wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats as shown in Figure 1 to 4. Step 3. After the ceiling is installed or the finish coat is applied, slide on the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 closure over the Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinkler and push the closure over the mounting plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire pro- tection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be taken to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/ slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. For more information, see Installation section. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associ- ation such as NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or sprinkler manufac- turer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. For more informa- tion, see Installation section. Initial and frequent visual inspections of random samples are recommended for corrosion -resistant sprinklers to verify the integrity of the corrosion -resistant material of construction. Thereafter, annual inspections according to NFPA 25 should suffice. Inspections of cor- rosion -resistant sprinklers are recom- mended at close range, instead of from the floor level per NFPA. Inspection at close range can better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long- term integrity of the corrosion -resistant material, which can be affected by the corrosive conditions present. TFP171 Page 5 of 12 5/8±1 /4" (15,9±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTING SURFACE 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB � rT.� 1/8" (3,2 mm) �I 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) 13/16" (20,6 mm) FIGURE 6 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT 2-7/8" DIA. 5/8±1/4" (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) (15,9±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING (3,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE SERIES 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) TY-FRB 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 8 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT 1 /2±1 /8" (12,7±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING i \ MOUNTING SURFACE 2-7/8" DIA. _ (73,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB l 1/8" U7F77_ (3,2 mm)' .. i 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) 1-1/16" (27,0 mm) FIGURE 7 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT 1/2±1/8" (12,7±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING j \ MOUNTING SURFACE 2-7/8" DIA. _ (73,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB l 1/8" r (3,2 mm) F7-/r 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1 " (25,4 mm) FIGURE 9 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT TFP171 Page 6 of 12 5/8±1 /4" (15,9±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTING SURFACE 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 10 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT 2-7/8" DIA. 5/8±1/4" (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) (15,9±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING (3,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE I CLOSURE SERIES 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) TY-FRB 13/16" (20,6 mm) FIGURE 12 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 IN. NPT WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR 1/2" NPT MODELS) WRENCH RECESS (END "B" USED FOR 3/4" NPT MODELS) FIGURE 14 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH 1 /2±1 /8" (12,7±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING i \ MOUNTING SURFACE 2-7/8" DIA. _ (73,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB l 1/8" r (3,2 mm) i 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1 " (25,4 mm) FIGURE 11 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACTOR, 112 IN. NPT 2-7/8" DIA. _ 1/2±1/8" (73,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) (12,7±3,2 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1/8" (3,2 mm) f MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE SERIES 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) TY-FRB 1-1/16" (27,0 mm) FIGURE 13 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 IN. NPT WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 15 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP171 Page 7 of 12 Sprinkler Firl K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Natural Brass Chrome Plated FPIyeterc 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Pendent (TY1231) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 1,2,3,4 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Upright (TY1131) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 2.8 1/2 in. NPT 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F(57°C) Orange Recessed Pendent 155°F(68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow (TY1231)a Figure 6 200°F (93°C) Green 1,2,4 135°F(57°C) Orange Recessed Pendent 155°F(68°C) Red (TY1231)b Figure 7 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green NOTES a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only. 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 5. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as corrosion -resistant sprinklers. TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 2.8 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 8 of 12 Sprinkler Firl K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Natural Brass Chrome Plated FPolyesterc 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Pendent (TY2231) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Upright (TY2131) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 4.2 1/2 in. NPT 1,2 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F(57°C) Orange Recessed Pendent 155°F(68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow (TY2231)a Figure 8 200°F (93°C) Green 135°F(57°C) Orange Recessed Pendent 155°F(68°C) Red (TY2231)b Figure 9 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green NOTES a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only. 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as corrosion -resistant sprinklers. TABLE B LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 4.2 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 9 of 12 Sprinkler Finish8 K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyesters Lead Coated 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Pendent (TY3231) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Upright (TY3131) 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 1, 2, 3, 5. 7 175° F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 5.6 286°F (141°C) Blue 1in. N NPT 135°F (57°C) Oran e 9 155°F(68°C) Red Recessed Pendent (TY3231)a 1, 2, 4, 5, 7 N/Ad 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 10 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F(68°C) Red Recessed Pendent (TY3231)b 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 N/A 175°F( 79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 11 286°F (141°C) Blue NOTES a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only. d. Not available (N/A). 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007k/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. Note the following exceptions: • LPCB does not rate the thermal sensitivity of recessed sprinklers. • The recessed pendent (TY3231) sprinklers with a 286°F (141 °C) temperature rating are not LPCB Approved. 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 6. VdS Approved (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-53-428-3377.) 7. EAC Approved. 8. Where Polyester Coated and Lead -Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion -Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead -Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as a Corrosion -Resistant Sprinklers. TABLE C LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 10 of 12 Sprinkler Finish9 K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyesters Lead Coated 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Pendent (TY4231) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F(93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 1, 2, 5, 8 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Upright (TY4131) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F(93°C) Green 8.0 286°F (141°C) Blue in. N NPT 135°F(57°C) Oran e 9 155°F(68°C) Red Recessed Pendent (TY4231)a 1, 2, 5, 8 N/Ad 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 12 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F(68°C) Red Recessed Pendent (TY4231)b 1, 2, 3, 5, 8 N/A 175°F 79°C ( ) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 13 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red Pendent (TY4931) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F(93°C) Green 8.0 1/2 in. NPT 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8 1, 2, 5, 8 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F (57°C) Orange 9 155°F (68°C) Red Upright (TY4831) 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F(93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue NOTES a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only. d. Not available (N/A). 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007k/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. However, LPCB does not rate the thermal sensitivity of recessed sprinklers. 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 6. VdS Approved (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-53-428-3377.) 7. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 8. EAC Approved. 9. Where Polyester Coated and Lead -Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion -Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead -Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as a Corrosion -Resistant Sprinklers. TABLE D LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 8.0 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 11 of 12 Sprinkler Finish K-Factor Type Natural Chrome Polyester Lead Coated Brass Plated Pendent (TY1231) and 2.8 Upright (TY1131) 1/2 in. 175 psi (12,1 bar) N/A2 NPT Recessed Pendent (TY1231) Pendent (TY2231) and 4.2 Upright (TY2131) 1/2 in. 175 psi (12,1 bar) N/A Recessed NPT Pendent (TY2231) Pendent (TY3231) and 5.6 Upright (TY3131) 250 psi (17,2 bar) 1/2 in. NPT or 175 psi (12,1 bar)' Recessed Pendent (TY3231) Pendent (TY4231) 175 psi 8.0 and Upright (TY4131) (12,1 bar) 3/4 in. 175 psi (12,1 bar) Recessed N/A NPT Pendent(TY4231) 8.0 Pendent (TY4931) 175 psi 1/2 in. and 175 psi (12,1 bar) (12,1 bar) NPT Upright (TY4831) NOTES 1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York. 2. Not available (N/A). TABLE E MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE TFP171 Page 12of12 P/N 57 - XXX - X - XXX SIN SPRINKLER FINISH 330 2.8K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT) TY1131 331 2.8K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT) TY1231 340 4.2K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT) TY2131 341 4.2K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT) TY2231 370 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT) TY3131 371 5.6K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT) TY3231 390 8.OK UPRIGHT (3/4 in. NPT) TY4131 391 8.OK PENDENT (3/4 in. NPT) TY4231 360 8.OK UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT) TY4831 361 8.10K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT) TY4931 1 NATURAL BRASS 3 PURE WHITE POLYESTER (RAL9010)1 4 SIGNAL WHITE POLYESTER (RAL9003) 5 JET BLACK POLYESTER (RAL9005)2 7 LEAD COATED 9 1 CHROME PLATED TEMPERATURE RATINGS 135 135°F (57°C) 155 1 155°F (68°C) 175 175'F(79'C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 1 286°F (141°C) NOTES 1. Eastern Hemisphere sales only. 2. Available in only 2.8K, 4.2K, and 8.OK, 155°F (68°C) and 200°F (93°C); requires longer lead time to manufacture. TABLE F SERIES TY-FRB PENDENT AND UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series TY-FRB (Specify SIN), (specify K-factor), (specify Pendent or Upright) Sprinkler (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish or coating, P/N (specify from Table F) Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style (10, 20, 30, or 40) Recessed Escutcheon with (specify') finish, P/N (specify*) Refer to technical data sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 1467 Elmwood Avenue, Cranston, RI 02910 1 Telephone +1-401-781-8220 Otto 6 2022 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subjectto change without notice. Jot 1nson NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; Controls TEFLON m s tr d—rk of The Ch—.— Company FC, LLC tqC00 TFP171 Change History Appendix Worldwide I Contacts I www tyco-fire.com ISSUE DATE NOTES Page 9, Table C, added note to footnote 4, removing LPCB Approved from Pendent and Recessed 12-22 Pendent TY3231 286°F (141°C) temperature rating; Page 9, Table C, removed note Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers, formerly footnote 7. Page 1, added QR code and URL to allow convenient access to electronic version from printed doc- ument; Page 2, Approvals sub -section, Page 9, Table C, Page 10, Table D, TY3231, TY4131, TY4231, 09-22 TY3131 sprinkler only, added EAC Approved; Page 12, changed corporate address and telephone number to 1467 Elmwood Avenue, Cranston, RI 02910 1 Telephone +1-401-781-8220, formerly 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 1 Telephone +1-215-362-0700. 12-20 Changed temperature rating of TY4131 8.OK Upright Sprinkler with Blue bulb liquid color to 286°F (141°C), formerly shown incorrectly as 200°F (93°C). 03-20 Removed LPCB Approval from TY3131 5.6K Upright Sprinkler. Updated Tyco® branding and document format; Added Johnson Controls copyright; Added disclaimer 07-18 stating specifications and information subject to change without notice; Added reference to Regula- tory and Health Warning Technical Data Sheet TFP2300; Added Poly -Stainless Grey Aluminum finish, formerly described in Technical Data Sheet TFP682. 09-17 Added statement prohibiting sprinklers featuring K-factors greater than 5.6 and 1/2 in. NPT thread size from installation in new construction, explicitly for retrofit applications only. 11-15 Clarified finishes and polyester coating. 10-13 Removed Eastern Hemisphere Sales Only limitation from TY4831 and TY4931 upright and pendent 8.OK x 1/2 in. NPT sprinklers; Added torque requirements for 3/4 in. NPT sprinklers. 03-13 Updated and standardized RAL color finishes. Added higher temperature rating for TY3231 and TY4241; Clarified LPCB certification; Corrected SIN 07-10 numbers in Table C for 2.8K and 4.2K sprinklers; Simplified footnotes in Tables A and B; Clarified Instal- lation and Care and Maintenance sections. 08-07 Added FM Approval for 5.6K White Coated Sprinkler with Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon application. 03-07 Added 8.OK 1/2 in. NPT Pendent and Upright Sprinklers. 04-06 Added statement indicating TY3131 and TY3231 are UL and C-UL Listed for 250 psi (17,2 bar) maximum working pressure. 07-04 Added reference to Installer Warning data sheet TFP700; Added LPCB Reference Numbers; Added option for White RAL9010 for Eastern Hemisphere sales. 04-03 Added 4.2K sprinkler; Added recessed option for 2.8K pendent sprinkler. 01-03 Added new Tyco Fire & Building Products masthead. 09-02 New Technical Data Sheet TFP171 describes Series TY-FRB Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers. 11,to 1467 Elmwood Avenue, Cranston, RI 02910 1 Telephone +1-401-781-8220 Johnson 0 2022 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Controls Victaulic° FireLock'" Series FL-SA/GAP and FL-SA/BB Specific Application Back -To -Back Attic Protection Scheme, ✓ctaulic Quick Response Upright, K5.6 (8.1), K8.0 (11.5) 46.03 FL-SA/DS, V5621 FL-SA/GAP, V5623 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FL-SA/BB, V8122, V5618 FL-SA/BB, V8123, V5619 FL-SA/BB, V8124, V5625 SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS SIN V5618 V5619 V5621 V5623 ORIENTATION UPRIGHT UPRIGHT UPRIGHT UPRIGHT K-FACTOR' 5.61m ./8.1 5.1. 5.61m ./8.1 S.I. 5.61m ./8.1 5.1. 5.61m ./8.1 S.I. CONNECTION 1/2"NPT/15mm BSPT 1/2"NPT/15mm BSPT 1/2"NPT/15mm BSPT 1/2"NPT/15mm BSPT MAX. WORKING PRESSURE175 psi (1200 kPa) 175 psi (1200 kPa) 175 psi (1200 kPa) 175 psi (1200 kPa) GLOBE RE -DESIGNATION GL5618 GL5619 GL5621 GL5623 SIN V5625 V8122 V8123 V8124 ORIENTATION UPRIGHT UPRIGHT UPRIGHT UPRIGHT K-FACTOR' 5.6 Im ./8.1 S.I. 8.0 Im ./11.5 S.I. 8.0 Inn./11.5 S.I. 8.0 Im ./11.5 S.I. CONNECTION 1/2"NPT/15mm BSPT 3/4" NPT/ 20mm BSPT 3/4" NPT/ 20mm BSPT 3/4" NPT/ 20mm BSPT MAX. WORKING PRESSURE 175 psi (1200 kPa) 175 psi (1200 kPa) 175 psi (1200 kPa) 175 psi (1200 kPa) GLOBE RE -DESIGNATION GL5625 GL8122 GL8123 GL8124 AVAILABLE WRENCHES SPRINKLER V56 Open End 3M V81 Open End Upright ■ 1 ■ Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% @ 500 psi/3447 kPa/34 bar Min. Operating Pressure: See table in Section 2.0 Temperature Rating: See tables in section 2.0 1 For K-Factor when pressure is measured in bar, multiply S.I. units by 10.0. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. victaulic.com 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 0 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 �ctauIic victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS D&S LISTED Listing Agency/ Approved Maximum Sprinkler Model SIN Nominal K Factor Temperature Ratings Area of Use Roof Span Roof Pitch Imperial ft V8122 8.0 cULus 200°F/93°C 60ft MAX 4:12 to less than 7:12 BB46 V5618 5.6 RIDGE/GABLE 40ft MAX V8122N5623 8.0/5.6 cULus 200°F/93°C RIDGE/GABLE and 84ft MAX 4:12 to less than 7:12 BB46/GAP V5618N5623 5.6/5.6 GAP at EAVE 64ft MAX V8123 8.0 cULus 200°F/93°C 60ft MAX 7:12 to less than 10:12 BB79 V5619 5.6 RIDGE/GABLE 40ft MAX V8123N5623 8.0/5.6 cULus 200°F/93°C RIDGE/GABLE and 84ft MAX 7:12 to less than 10:12 BB79/GAP V5619N5623 5.6/5.6 GAP at EAVE 64ft MAX V8124 8.0 cULus 200°F/93°C 60ft MAX 10:12 to 12:12 661012 V5625 5.6 RIDGE/GABLE 40ft MAX V8124N5623 8.0/5.6 cULus 200°F/93°C RIDGE/GABLE and 84ft MAX 10:12 to 12:12 BB1012/GAP V5625N5623 5.6/5.6 GAP at EAVE 64ft MAX GAP V5623 5.6 cULus 200°F/93°C EAVE/HIP N/A SEE LAYOUT CRITERIA DS V5621 5.6 cULus 200°F/93°C HIP/SINGLE SLOPE N/A SEE LAYOUT CRITERIA NOTES • Listings and approval as of printing. • Listed to be utilized per NFPA 13 in conformance with the New Technology and Equivalency Sections. If a flat sloped ceiling is present utilizing non combustible insulation, the insulation must completely fill the pockets between the joists, and the insulation must be secured in place with metal wire netting or equivalent. The metal wire netting is intended to hold the insulation in place should the insulation become wetted by the operation of the sprinkler. Attic sprinklers have not been evaluated for use with spray foam insulation. 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulic virfnnlir rnm 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Deflector: Bronze Bulb Nominal Diameter: 3.0 mm Load Screw: Brass Pip Cap: Brass Spring Seal Assembly: PTFE coated Beryllium nickel alloy Frame: Brass Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel Installation Wrench: Ductile iron Sprinkler Frame Finishes: Plain brass NOTE • For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. 4.0 DIMENSIONS 13/4'' 44mm -T 2'/4" 27mm I FL-SA/GAP K5.6 (8.1) V5623 L 6! 3'/4"/83 mm FL-SA/BB K8.0 (11.5) V8122, V8123, V8124 2" 51 mm -�l I „ 70mm 1'/47 �732 mm-� 21M6"/ 68 mm 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 FL-SA/DS K5.6 (8.1) V5621 2'A6"/ 65 mm 23/4" 70mm 23/4 70mm 0 3'/4783 mm FL-SA/BB K5.6 (8.1) V5618, V5619, V5625 11/4"/ �-32 mmt 29/16"/ 65 mm LCtaUllic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Sprinkler Selection FIGURE 1: AREA IDENTIFICATION FOR SPRINKLER SELECTION Identify Areas of the Attic • Identify each space in your attic as a Gable area, a Hip area or a Single Slope area. Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 3 through Figure 6 to choose the appropriate use of sprinklers for your application. Gable/Peak and Eave Areas The areas in which the Model FL-SA/BB can be used are areas of the attic space where the roof joists/ trusses run perpendicular to the ridgeline. In the areas where the structure is perpendicular to the ridgeline and the attic span is in both directions of the ridgeline the Model FL-SA/BB shall be used. In each of the areas being protected with the Model FL-SA/BB sprinklers, identify the pitch/slope of the roof in that area. Ensure that the correct Model FL-SA/BB is chosen from the Sprinkler Selection Criteria table based on the pitch/slope. The span must be identified in the area being protected by the Model FL-SA/BB. If the total span of the attic is over 60 ft, a row of Model FL-SA/GAP sprinklers must be located near the eave in accordance with Figure 3B and the layout rules must be in accordance with Figure 7 and Figure 8. Single Slope Areas Single Slope areas are similar to the Gable/ Peak areas, except a vertical wall or obstruction impeade the flow of hot gasses to the apex or is located directly at the apex of the attic space. When the hot gasses hit a vertical obstruction the gasses keep much of their velocity and tend to travel along the ridgeline. In a true gable with an apex and sloped ceiling on both sides, the hot gasses tend to run up one side of the gable roof and partly down the other section. This decreases the velocity of the gasses running along the gable section. Ensure the spacing rules are followed in accordance with Figure 9. Under -Hip Areas With Hip areas the important features to identify in the under -hip areas are the structurial members. It is important to identify if the structural members run parallel to the slope or perpendicular to the slope ("Step Down" trusses). If the structural members run parallel to the slope, use Figure 11 or Figure 12. If the structural members are "Step Down" trusses framed into "Jack" trusses use Figure 10. Adjacent -Hip Areas • In the Ajdacent-HIP areas, either the Model FL -SA/ GAP or the Model FL-SA/DS sprinklers can be used. If using Model FL-SA/DS refer to Figure 13 and if using Model FL-SA/GAP refer to Figure 14. 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com M ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Selection (continued) Sprinkler Selection Criteria Sprinkler Model SIN Nominal K Factor Area of Use Roof Span Roof Pitch Imperial ft V8122 8.0 60ft MAX 4:12 to less than 7:12 BB46 V5618 5.6 RIDGE/GABLE 40ft MAX V8122N5623 8.0/5.6 RIDGE/GABLE and 84ft MAX 4:12 to less than 7:12 BB46 and GAP V5618N5623 5.6/5.6 GAP at EAVE 64ft MAX V8123 8.0 60ft MAX 7:12 to less than 10:12 6679 V5619 5.6 RIDGE/GABLE 40ft MAX V8123N5623 8.0/5.6 RIDGE/GABLE and 84ft MAX 7:12 to less than 10:12 BB79 and GAP V5619N5623 5.6/5.6 GAP at EAVE 64ft MAX V8124 8.0 60ft MAX 10:12 to 12:12 661012 V5625 5.6 RIDGE/GABLE 40ft MAX BB1012 and GAP V8124N5623 8.0/5.6 RIDGE/GABLE and 84ft MAX 10:12 to 12:12 V5625N5623 5.6/5.6 GAP at EAVE 64ft MAX GAP V5623 5.6 EAVE/HIP N/A SEE LAYOUT CRITERIA DS V5621 5.6 HIP/SINGLE SLOPE N/A SEE LAYOUT CRITERIA SPRINKLER SPACING MEASURED HORIZONTALLY FROM THIS POINT I I C;P Zx.�OP BOTTOM CHORD FIGURE 2A FOI FIGURE 2: SPAN MEASUREMENT/SPRINKLER SPACING LOCATIONS 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 SPRINKLER SPACING MEASURED HORIZONTALLY FROM THIS POINT FIGURE 2B LE ✓ctaulic virtaulir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Selection Gable Style Roof Option 1: FL-SA/BB Sprinklers Only at Gable/Peak • When utilizing this option, Model FL-SA/BB sprinklers are used to protect the entire width of the attic space. The span of the attic is measured along the floor (or ceiling of floor below) of the attic space from the peak to the intersection of the top chord and bottom chord of the roof trusses. See Figure 3A. The span is twice the longer of the two measured half spans. • The maximum span that can be protected by a single line of FL-SA/BB sprinklers at the peak is 60 ft. • See minimum required flow rates and pressures for spans up to 40 ft. and spans over 40 ft. and up to 60 ft. is shown in Hydraulic Criteria table of this data sheet. • See Figure 7 for detailed layout criteria. Gable Style Roof Option 2: FL-SA/BB Sprinklers And FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers Adjacent • This option utilizes the FL-SA/BB sprinklers at the Gable/Peak and FL-SA/GAP sprinklers at the eave areas. With this option, a maximum total span of 84 ft. can be achieved. The FL-SA/BB may cover a maximum horizontal span of 60 ft. as stated in Option 1 above. GLSS/ GAP sprinklers may be used in conjunction with the FL-SA/BB sprinklers to achieve up to an additional 12 ft. measured horizontally to each eave. It should be noted that the "zone of coverage" for the "GAP" sprinklers is only measured from the centerline of the sprinkler to the eave. No credit for coverage "upslope" can be assumed. • See Figure 7 and Figure 8 for detailed layout criteria. 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com R EAVE TRUSS MEMBERS MUST BE I PARALLEL WITH DIRECTION W d x OF THROW OF FL-SA/BB 0 �z a SPRINKLERS 2 iT og M � I� RIDGELINE FIGURE 3A TRUSS MEMBERS MUST BE PARALLEL WITH DIRECTION OF THROW OF FL-SA/BB SPRINKLERS I � j EAVE FIGURE 3B FIGURE 3: PROTECTION OPTIONS = FL-SA/BB = FL-SA/GAP RIDGELINE IL 0 J Z H! 0 0 I ✓ctaulilc virtnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Selection Single Slope Roof Option 1: FL-SA/DS Sprinklers at the Highpoint Only • When utilizing this option, Model FL-SA/DS sprinklers are used to protect the entire width of the attic space from the eave to the vertical barrier of the single slope. The span of the attic is measured along the floor (or ceiling of floor below) of the attic space from the peak/vertical barrier to the intersection of the top chord and bottom chord of the roof trusses. See Figure 2A and Figure 2B. • The maximum span that can be protected by a single line of FL-SA/DS sprinklers at the peak is 16 ft or 30 ft (measured horizontally from the sprinkler to eave). • See Figure 9A and Figure 9B for detailed sprinkler layout criteria. Single Slope Roof Option 2: FL-SA/DS Sprinklers at the Highpoint and Downslope • When utilizing this option, Model FL-SA/DS sprinklers are used to protect the entire width of the attic space from the eave to the vertical barrier of the single slope. The span of the attic is measured along the floor (or ceiling of floor below) of the attic space from the peak to the intersection of the top chord and bottom chord of the roof trusses. See Figure 2A and Figure 2B. • The maximum span that can be protected by two lines of FL-SA/DS sprinklers at the peak is 32 ft + (depending on sprinkler placement). • See Figure 9A and Figure 9C for detailed sprinkler layout criteria. W SLOPE DOWN 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 -- inw III d -- � �I�IIIIIIIIIIIII EAVE SLOPE DOWN - - - HIGH POINT (PEAK) EAVE FIGURE 4: SINGLE SLOPE PROTECTION OPTIONS = Model Gap = Model DS ✓ctaulilc virtnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Selection Under -Hip Layout Option 1: Under -Hip Layout Option FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers Only • When utilizing this option, Model FL-SA/GAP sprinklers are used to protect the entire area between the hip rafters. This option may be used when the framing under the hip roof consists of stepdown hip trusses running perpendicular to the slope in conjuction with jack trusses near the eave. • See Figure 10 for detailed layout criteria. Under -Hip Layout Option 2: Under -Hip Layout Option Using FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers or Using FL-SA/DS Sprinklers • When the framing runs parallel to the slope of the hip, forming a 90 degree intersection at the hip rafter, either Model FL-SA/DS in accordance with Figure 11 or Model FL-SA/GAP in accordance with Figure 12 may be utilized. --------------------- f l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com S -- I' !IIIIII!�I�!IIIII�!I FIGURE 5: UNDER -HIP PROTECTION OPTIONS �= FL-SA/GAP = FL-SA/DS ✓ctaulilc virfMnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Selection Adjacent Hip Layout Option 1: FL-SA/DS Sprinklers Only • When utilizing this option, Model FL-SA/DS sprinklers are used to protect the section of the attic space adjacent to the HIP area. • See Figure 13 for detailed layout criteria Adjacent Hip Layout Option 2: FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers Only • When utilizing this option, Model FL-SA/GAP sprinklers are used to protect the section of the attic space adjacent to the HIP area. • See Figure 14 for detailed layout criteria. 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com A FIGURE 6: ADJACENT HIP PROTECTION OPTIONS *= FL-SA/GAP T = FL-SA/DS ✓ctaulic° virtnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Layout Criteria — Gable Sprinkler Model • FL-SA/BB Flow Rate • <_ 40 ft. span: 24 gpm • >40 ft. up to and including 60 ft. span 38 gpm Distance Between Sprinklers Along Ridge • Minimum 4 ft. • Maximum 6 ft. Deflector Distance Below Ceiling • Minimum 16 in. • Maximum 24 in. Lateral Maximum Distance From Peak • 6 in. Distance From Hip Apex Or Wall • Maximum 3 ft. Installation • When installed for Peak protection, the FL-SA/BB Sprinkler has a zone of protection of 60 ft. wide (as measured horizontally) across the ridgeline. The maximum zone of protection on either side of the ridgeline is 30 ft. (as measured horizontally). The W Z J W Q G 30' MAX. ROOF SLOPE DOWN TRUSS MEMBERS MUST BE PARALLEL WITH DIRECTION OF THROW OF FL-SA/BB SPRINKLERS W Q W 6" FIGURE 7: GABLE LAYOUT CRITERIA zone of protection parallel to the ridgeline is 6 ft. per FL-SA/BB sprinkler. (3 ft. to either side) • When a FL-SA/BB sprinkler is installed under a horizontal Ridge, the deflector is to be positioned parallel with the floor/ceiling below. (Regardless of allowed offset from directly below ridge) • Maximum span for FL-SA/BB sprinkler to cover is 60 ft wide attic. • Sprinklers must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular to the trusses. • A minimum of 6" must be kept from the sprinkler and the lateral face of any truss. (see Figure 26). • For obstruction criteria, see Obstruction section within this data sheet. • Minimum lateral distance from FL-SA/BB and FL -SA/ GAP is 6 ft. • Minimum lateral distance from FL-SA/BB and FL- SA/DS is 4 ft. • When installed under a flat sloped ceiling (noncombustible insulation filled joist channels) maximum deflector to ceiling distance is measured to the bottom of the insulation. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS • See Hydraulic Design Section 30' MAX. ROOF SLOPE DOWN 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 W Q W -,X- = MODEL FL-SA/BB ✓ctaulic virfnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Layout Criteria — Eave Sprinkler Model • FL-SA/GAP Flow Rate • 20 gpm Distance Between Sprinklers Perpendicular To Slope • Minimum 6 ft • Maximum 8 ft Distance to Attic Eave • Minimum 4 ft • Maximum 12 ft Minimum Distance From FL-SA/BB Sprinkler (Measured Along The Slope) • Minimum 21 ft (Located in Adjacent Channel) Deflector Distance Below Ceiling • Install with deflector below bottom of top chord 1" minimum to 3" maximum. Installation • When installed for Eave protection, the FL-SA/GAP Sprinkler has a zone of protection of 12 ft. in the downslope direction to the eave (measured on the W a W 12' MAX. 30' MAX. horizontal) and 8 ft. wide (4 ft. laterally to either side of the sprinkler). There is no zone of protection allowance "upslope" of the FL-SA/GAP sprinklers when used along eaves in conjunction with the FL- SA/BB sprinklers upslope. • Ensure that the sprinkler is installed with the deflector parallel to the sloped roof above. • Centerline of sprinkler must be a minimum of 6" laterally from face of truss (See Figure 26). • Must be offset at least one channel laterally from any upslope sprinkler for 2 ft min under smooth flat ceiling. • Sprinklers must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular to the roof slope. • For obstruction criteria, see Obstruction section within this data sheet. • When installed under a flat sloped ceiling (noncombustible insulation filled joist channels), maximum deflector to ceiling distance is the same as maximum distance below bottom of top chord. Distance to be measured to bottom of insulation. Hydraulic Calculations • See Hydraulic Design Section LU z= FL-SA/BB J W= FL-SA/GAP c� c a 30' MAX. 12' MAX. ROOF SLOPE DOWN ROOF SLOPE DOWN t t FL-SA/GAP SPRINKLERS MUST BE OFFSET AT LEAST ONE CHANNEL — ------------------------------- ------------------ --- --- FROM FL-SA/BB SPRINKLERS UPSLOPE ----------------- --- --- -- Z--------- -_ S_ --- ------ --- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ to ---------' - ---------------- ---- - ----------------------- ----------------------- ----------------- FIGURE 8: EAVE LAYOUT CRITERIA 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 W Q W ✓ctaulic 1144211lir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Layout Criteria — Single Slope NOTE • Single Slope criteria only to be used where a vertical draft curtain or full height wall exists at the high point of the sloped roof deck. Sprinkler Model • FL-SA/DS Slope • 4:12 Up to and Including 12:12 Flow Rate • 20 gpm @ 16 ft. Max Throw • 26gpm @ 30 ft. Max Throw NOTE • See max Throw Allowed Fig 9B and 9C Deflector Distance Below Peak (See Figure 9A) • Minimum 16 in. • Maximum 24 in. Deflector Distance Below Sloping Roof Deck (See Figure 9A) • Install with deflector below bottom of top chord from 1 in. to a maximum of 4 in. Distance Between Sprinklers Perpendicular To The Slope • Minimum 4 ft. • Maximum 8 ft. Peak "DS"Sprinkler placement Allowable sprinkler 16" Min. p 24" Max. Fbottom zone (shown shaded) Deflector n. 1 "/Max 4" below of top chord FIGURE 9A: SECTION VIEW DS SPRINKLER & DEFLECTOR PLACEMENT AT PEAK x Max. I°1131 sprinkler 10 ft. _ N o throw max. I I 10 ft. 8 ft. max. 8 ft. max. I All dimensions measured max. 4 ft. min. 4 ft. min. on horizontal plane Maximum Allowed Sprinkler Throw (Measured Horizontally) • Up to 16 ft. @ 20gpm • > 16 ft. up to 30 ft. @ 26 gpm (1 Row Applications Only) Minimum Distance Between Sprinklers Downslope of The FL-SA/DS (Throw Direction) • 15 ft. (as measured on the slope) NOTE • 15 ft. min not required if equal to or greater than 4 ft. lateral between sprinklers. Installation • Ensure that the sprinkler deflector is installed with the deflector parallel to the sloped roof above. • Centerline of sprinkler must be a minimum of 6" laterally from face of truss. See Figure 26. • When two rows of FL-SA/DS sprinklers are utilized, the adjacent rows of sprinklers must be offset at least one channel laterally from each other or 2 ft min under smooth flat ceiling. (i.e. Insulation- Filled). • Sprinklers must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular to the roof slope. See Figure 36. • For obstruction criteria, see Obstruction section within this data sheet. • When installed under a flat sloped ceiling (non- combustible insulation filled joist channels), maximum deflector to ceiling distance is the same as maximum distance below bottom of top chord. Distance to be measured to bottom of Insulation. Hydraulic Calculations • See Hydraulic Design Section SLOPE ----- -DOWN 7�0 ------ — --------------- _0 HIGH POINT mnn—______ _ 1 T ALLOWABLE SPRINKLER PLACEMENT ZONE m �a ax unless noted otherwise EAVE 1 row DS sprinkler (hip shown at corner) I- Mau. FIGURE 9B: 1 ROW DS SPRINKLER (HIP SHOWN AT CORNER) FIGURE 9C: 2 ROW DS SPRINKLER (HIP SHOWN AT CORNER) FIGURE 9: SINGLE SLOPE SPACING CRITERIA i t I I — S a' MIN. f �1�( 1'• FP MIXTN ��'I �• OFFEAAINKTL Ny tyEL FROM SPRINKLERS UPSLOPE 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 ✓ctauliic virfmdir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Layout Criteria — Under -Hip Sprinkler: Hip Truss/Jack Truss Construction Sprinkler Model • FL-SA/GAP Flow Rate • 20 gpm Distance Between Sprinklers First Row From Eave (Measured Horizontally) • Minimum 6 ft • Maximum 8 ft Distance Between Sprinklers All Other Rows Upslope (Measured Horizontally) • Minimum 6 ft • Maximum 12 ft Distance From Eave To First Row (measured horizontally) • Minimum 4 ft • Maximum 12 ft Distance Between Rows (Measured Horizontally) • Minimum 6 ft • Maximum 10 ft Deflector Distance Below Ceiling • Install with deflector below bottom of top chord 1" W MAX. 2' MAX. i MAX. I' MIN. Y MAX. MAX. I' MAX. I' MIN. MAX.MMIN. IN. 12" DEEP DRAFT 6' STOP REQUIRED AT HIP REQUIRED SPACING FOR TRUSS ONLY IF 1ST ROW 1ST ROW FROM EAVE ONLY IS BELOW HIP TRUSS (REGARDLESS OF FRAMING DIRECTION) (BETWEEN EAVE & 1ST HIP TRUSS) FIGURE 10A: HIP LAYOUT CRITERIA WHEN FIRST ROW OF SPRINKLERS PLACED "WITHIN" JACK TRUSSES minimum to 3" maximum. Sprinkler at Apex • A FL-SA/GAP Sprinkler must be installed between 1 ft. to 5 ft. down from the intersection of the ridgeline and hip lines (Apex) Sprinklers Adjacent to Hip Line • All FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers directly adjacent to hip line shall be 1 ft. to 3 ft. from hip line (as measured perpendicular to hip line) Installation • Ensure that the sprinkler is installed with the deflector parallel to the sloped roof above. • Sprinklers must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular to the roof slope. • When installed under a flat sloped ceiling (non- combustible insulation filled joist channels), maximum deflector to ceiling distance is the same as maximum distance below bottom of top chord. Distance to be measured to bottom of Insulation. Hydraulic Calculations • See Hydraulic Design Section V MAX. I'MIN. 10' MAX. 10' MAX. 12' MAX. W MIN. MAX. 6' MIN. REQUIRED SPACING FOR 1ST ROW FROM EAVE ONLY (REGARDLESS OF FRAMING DIRECTION) FIGURE 10B: HIP LAYOUT CRITERIA WHEN FIRST ROW OF SPRINKLERS PLACED "BEYOND" JACK TRUSSES FIGURE 10: HIP LAYOUT CRITERIA - HIP TRUSS/JACK TRUSS CONSTRUCTION 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 ✓ctsulic® virfmdir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Layout — Under -Hip Criteria: Framing Members Parallel To Roof Slope Sprinkler Model • FL-SA/DS (FL-SA/GAP @ apex) Flow Rate • 20 gpm Distance Between Sprinklers • Minimum 4 ft • Maximum 8 ft Distance From Eave to First Row (measured horizontally) • Minimum 4 ft • Maximum 20 ft Deflector Distance Below Ceiling • Install with deflector below bottom of top chord 1" minimum to 4" maximum. Sprinkler at Apex • A FL-SA/GAP Sprinkler must be installed between 1 ft. to 5 ft. down from the intersection of the ridgeline and hip lines (Apex) Sprinklers Adjacent To Hip Line • All FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers directly adjacent to hip line shall be 1 ft. to 3 ft. from hip line (as measured perpendicular to hip line) Installation • Ensure that the sprinkler is installed with the deflector parallel to the sloped roof above and Downslope Arrow of the deflector pointing down the roof slope. Sprinklers must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular to the roof slope (see Figure 36). • For obstruction criteria, see Obstruction section within this data sheet. • When installed under a flat sloped ceiling (non- combustible insulation filled joist channels), maximum deflector to ceiling distance is the same as maximum distance below bottom of top chord. Distance to be measured to bottom of Insulation. Hydraulic Calculations • See Hydraulic Design Section FIGURE 11; UNDER -HIP LAYOUT CRITERIA FRAMING MEMBERS PARALLEL TO ROOF SLOPE USING FL-SA/DS T� MODEL FL-SA/DS 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 ✓ctaulic® 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Layout - Under -Hip Criteria: Framing Members Parallel To Roof Slope Sprinkler Model Sprinklers Adjacent To Hip Line • FL-SA/GAP • All FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers directly adjacent to hip Flow Rate line shall be 1 ft. to 3 ft. from hip line (as measured perpendicular to hip line) Installation • 20 gpm • Ensure that the sprinkler is installed with the Distance From Eave to First Row (measured horizontally) deflector parallel to the sloped roof above Sprinklers • Minimum 4 ft must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular • Maximum 12 ft to the roof slope. • For obstruction criteria, see Obstruction section Maximum Distance Between Sprinklers within this data sheet. • See Figure 12 Hydraulic Calculations Deflector Distance Below Ceiling See Hydraulic Design Section • Install with deflector below bottom of top chord Y minimum to 3" maximum Sprinkler at Apex • A FL-SA/GAP Sprinkler must be installed between 1 ft. to 5 ft. down from the intersection of the ridgeline and hip lines (Apex) -- - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I N I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 8' MAX. 10' MAX. W MIN. FIGURE 12: UNDER -HIP LAYOUT CRITERIA FRAMING MEMBERS PARALLEL TO ROOF SLOPE USING FL-SA/GAP *= FL-SA/GAP 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 ✓ctaulic® virfmdir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Sprinkler Layout - Adjacent Hip Criteria Sprinkler Model FL-SA/DS Flow Rate • 20 gpm Distance Between Sprinklers Perpendicular to Slope (measured horizontally) • Minimum 4 ft • Maximum 8 ft Maximum Throw (measured horizontally) • Maximum 20 ft Deflector Distance Below Ceiling • Install with deflector below bottom of top chord Y minimum to 4" maximum. Sprinklers Adjacent To Hip Line • All FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers directly adjacent to hip line shall be 1 ft. to 3 ft. from hip line (as measured perpendicular to hip line) Minimum Distance Between Sprinklers Downslope of the FL-SA/DS (Throw Directions) • 15 ft. (as measure on the slope) NOTE • 15 ft. min not required if if equal to or greater than 4 ft. lateral between sprinklers Installation • Ensure that the sprinkler is installed with the deflector parallel to the sloped roof above • Sprinklers must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular to the roof slope (see Figure 36). • For obstruction criteria, see Obstruction section within this data sheet. Hydraulic Calculations • See Hydraulic Design Section FIGURE 13: ADJACENT HIP LAYOUT CRITERIA USING FL-SA/DS SPRINKLERS 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 MODEL FL-SA/DS ✓ctaulic° virfnillir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Adjacent Hip Sprinkler Layout Criteria Sprinkler Model FL-SA/GAP Flow Rate • 20 gpm Lateral Distance Between Sprinklers Perpendicular to Slope (measured horizontally) • Minimum 6 ft • Maximum 8 ft Distance From Eave To First Row (measured horizontally) • Minimum 4 ft • Maximum 12 ft Deflector Distance Below Ceiling • Install with deflector below bottom of top chord 1" minimum to 3" maximum. Sprinklers Adjacent To Hip Line • All FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers directly adjacent to hip line shall be 1 ft. to 3 ft. from hip line (as measured perpendicular to hip line) Installation • Ensure that the sprinkler is installed with the deflector parallel to the sloped roof above • Sprinklers must be installed with the frame arms perpendicular to the roof slope. • For obstruction criteria, see Obstruction section within this data sheet. Hydraulic Calculations • See Hydraulic Design Section FIGURE 14: ADJACENT HIP LAYOUT CRITERIA USING FL-SA/GAP SPRINKLERS 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 17 *= FL-SA/GAP ✓ctaulic® virtaulir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Dormer Protection Criteria Dormers Built Entirely Over (on top) of Main Roof Sheathing — 4 Sprinklers or Less • FL-SA/BB, FL-SA/GAP, and FL-SA/DS sprinklers allowed (CPVC allowance applies for wet systems only) • FL-SA/GAP allowed to be located at the ridgeline provided maximum coverage parallel to slope is no more than 12 ft measured from the peak to the, eave or valley line, as measured on the horizontal. • Standard Spray Sprinklers allowed Dormers Built Entirely Over (on top) of Main Roof Sheathing — More than 4 Sprinklers • FL-SA/BB, FL-SA/GAP, and FL-SA/DS Sprinklers allowed- Protection scheme utilized shall be in accordance with this document • Standard Spray Sprinklers allowed for any slope Dormers Open to Attic Space Below — 4 Sprinklers or Less • FL-SA/BB, FL-SA/GAP, and FL-SA/DS Sprinklers allowed (CPVC allowance applies for wet systems only) • FL-SA/GAP allowed to be located at the ridgeline provided maximum coverage parallel to slope is no more than 12 ft measured from the peak to the, eave or valley line, as measured on the horizontal. • Standard Spray Sprinklers allowed Dormers Open to Attic Space Below — More than 4 Sprinklers • FL-SA/BB, FL-SA/GAP, and FL-SA/DS Sprinklers allowed. Protection scheme utilized, shall be in accordance with this document • Standard Spray Sprinklers allowed but required to calculate Attic in accordance with NFPA 13 (i.e. 2535 sq. ft. for Dry Systems) MAIN DORMER TO ATTIC AREA}t0� NON -CONTINUOUS SHEATHING FIGURE 15A: DORMER OPEN TO ATTIC SPACE FIGURE 1513: DORMER ENTIRELY OVER MAIN ROOF SHEATHING FIGURE 15: DORMERS SECTION VIEW 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 ✓ctaulilc victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Design The Specific Application Attic protection scheme shall be hydraulically calculated in accordance with the following guidelines. These calculation guidelines are applicable only to the special Attic Protection scheme utilizing FL-SA/BB, FL-SA/GAP, and FL-SA/DS sprinklers. These requirements are based on special full scale fire testing and in no way should be utilized when designing other than these specially Listed and tested sprinklers for use in sloped com- bustible attic structures. As with Hydraulic Calculations performed in accordance with NFPA 13, multiple areas of piping may need to be investigated and multiple calculations performed should it not be readily obvious of the hydraulically most demanding area due to non -typical pipe layout. • FL-SA/BB Minimum Sprinkler Demand- The minimum required flow and pressure is shown below in Hydraulic Criteria table. The minimum sprinkler demand is dependent on the span that the FL-SA/BB is covering. • FL-SA/GAP and FL-SA/DS Minimum Sprinkler Demand- The minimum required sprinkler demand for the FL -SA/ GAP, and FL-SA/DS is always 20 gpm and 12.8 psi or in the case of the IDS throw being greater than 16 ft. to 30 ft. is 26 gpm and 21.6 psi. Hydraulic Criteria Minimum Flow Rate Minimum Pressure Sprinkler Model SIN Nominal K Factor Span Roof Pitch gpm psi V8122 8 >40 ft to <60 ft 4:12 to less than 7:12 38 22.6 BB46 V8122 8 <40 ft 4:12 to less than 7:12 24 9 V5618 5.6 :540 ft 4:12 to less than 7:12 24 18.4 V8123 8 >40 ft to s60 ft 7:12 to less than 10:12 38 22.6 BB79 V8123 8 1540 ft 7:12 to less than 10:12 24 9 V5619 5.6 :540 ft 7:12 to less than 10:12 24 18.4 V8124 8 >40 ft to :560 ft 10:12 to 12:12 38 22.6 BB1012 V8124 8 <40 ft 10:12 to 12:12 24 9 V5625 5.6 <_40 ft 10:12 to 12:12 24 18.4 GAP V5623 5.6 NA SEE LAYOUT CRITERIA 20 12.8 IDS V5621 5.6 NA SEE LAYOUT CRITERIA 20/26 12.8/21.6 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 19 ✓ctaulic virfnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Criteria FL-SA/BB Only or FL-SA/BB with FL-SA/GAP and/or FL-SA/DS for Wet and Dry Systems Perform the following calculations: Calculation #1: • Calculate the most hydraulically demanding sprinklers consisting of 5 FL-SA/BB and up to a maximum of 2 FL - SA/ GAP or FL-SA/DS sprinklers (if applicable) for wet systems or 7 FL-SA/BB and up to a maximum of 2 FL -SA/ GAP or FL-SA/DS sprinklers (if applicable) for dry systems. See Figure 16 for wet systems and Figure 17 for dry systems. See Hydraulic Criteria table for minimum flow and pressure requirements for the specific span, pitch and sprinkler type. Calculation #2: • If a HIP is present, find the appropriate Figure in the Hydraulic Criteria Section and perform the required calculations. NOTE • If additional sprinklers are required beyond an obstruction, calculate up tc 04 04 HIP may or may not be present FIGURE 16: HYDRAULIC CRITERIA FL-SA/BB AND/OR FL-SA/GAP AND/OR FL-SA/DS WET SYSTEM 2 adc itional sprinklers beyond the obstruction 7\\ 0 0 HIP may or may not be present FIGURE 17: HYDRAULIC CRITERIA FL-SA/BB AND/OR FL-SA/GAP AND/OR FL-SA/DS DRY SYSTEMS 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 20 ✓ctaulic® virtnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Criteria For Hip With Hip Truss/Jack Truss Construction — Wet System =a W 6' IL a — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 6 ! ! -19 0 J When a Hip is included in the design of the attic, there are three calculations required. One calculation for the "Ridge/ Hip Transition" area. The second and third calculations determine the pipe sizing for the Hip area itself. For the purposes of these hydraulic calculations the Hip is broken into two areas; the "Lower Hip" area; and the "Upper Hip" area. See above Figure. Hip Calculation (Hip Truss/Jack Truss Construction) — Wet System Calculation #1 — Lower Hip Area • Calculate up to the 7 most demanding contiguous sprinklers along the eave. This may include sprinklers on both sides of the hip line as shown. See Figure 18A and Figure 18B. • Minimum sprinkler flow rate is 20 gpm per sprinkler. Calculation #2 — Upper Hip Area If there are 4 sprinklers or less in the shaded area (Figure 18A): • Calculate up to the 7 most demanding contiguous sprinklers in the "Upper Hip" area. This may include sprinklers on both sides of the hip line as shown. • Minimum sprinkler flow rate is 20 gpm per sprinkler. If there are more than 4 sprinklers in the shaded area (Figure 1813): • Calculate the hydraulically most demanding 75% of the total number of sprinklers located within the "Upper Hip" area, rounding up to the nearest sprinkler. (Minimum number of sprinklers to be calculated is 7) • Minimum sprinkler flow rate is 20 gpm per sprinkler. • Example shown in FIGURE 18B results in 12 sprinklers to be calculated. (18 x 0.75 = 12) `._. .._._._._._. a • • a --------------- W • • _ • • • • • • W C • • • • • • • • C �6 I 06 FIGURE 18A FIGURE 18B FIGURE 18: HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR HIP - WET SYSTEM (HIP TRUSS/JACK TRUSS CONSTRUCTION) • = FL-SA/GAP = FL-SA/DS 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 21 ✓ctaulic 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Criteria For Hip With Hip Truss/Jack Truss Construction — Dry System Only Calculation #1 — Lower Hip Area • Calculate the 8 most demanding contiguous sprinklers along the eave. This may include sprinklers on both sides of the hip line as shown. See Figure 19A. • Minimum sprinkler flow rate is 20 gpm per sprinkler. Calculation #2 — Upper Hip Area If there are 4 sprinklers or less in the shaded area (Figure 19A): • Calculate up to the 8 most demanding contiguous sprinklers in the "Upper Hip" area. This may include sprinklers on both sides of the hip line as shown. • Minimum sprinkler flow rate is 20 gpm per sprinkler. If there are more than 4 sprinklers in the shaded area (Figure 1913): • Calculate all sprinklers in the "Upper Hip" area. • Minimum sprinkler flow rate is 20 gpm per sprinkler. a Z � C W G 6 • iliiiil I ICI lii • • • FIGURE 19A • = FL-SA/GAP = FL-SA/DS FIGURE 19B FIGURE 19: HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR HIP - DRY SYSTEM (HIP TRUSS/JACK TRUSS CONSTRUCTION) (Examples shown in these figures are for reference only. Actual sprinklers selected based on piping configuration which results in the most demanding hydraulic demand.) 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 22 ✓ctaulic 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hip Calculation FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers (Framing Members Parallel to Roof Slope) — Wet and Dry System Calculation #1 — Hip Area • Calculate all sprinklers within the hip area shown shaded. See Figure 20. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler. •I 1 •I -- - -- --- •1 I C I •I 11 1 1 �-- llll- Illllll • = FL-SA/GAP = FL-SA/DS FIGURE 20: HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR RE @ HIP (FRAMING MEMBERS PARALLEL TO SLOPE) Hip Calculation FL-SA/DS Sprinklers (Framing Members Parallel to Roof Slope) — Wet and Dry System Calculation #1 — Hip Area • Calculate all sprinklers within the hip area shown shaded. See Figure 21. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler. • = FL-SA/GAP = FL-SA/DS FIGURE 21: HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR DS @ HIP (FRAMING MEMBERS PARALLEL TO SLOPE) 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 23 ✓ctauliiic® virfnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Criteria for Single Slope With FL-SA/DS Sprinklers Wet System When a single slope roof area exists, the following calculation procedures shall be followed to size piping to the sprinklers protecting this area. NOTE • Single Slopes (with vertical shear walls) result in different fire dynamics than might be seen with gable and/or hip roof construction. 1 Row Protection • Calculate the most hydraulically demanding 5 contiguous DS sprinklers. See Figure 22A. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler or 26 gpm per sprinkler (depending on throw). 2 Row Protection The following 2 sets of calculations shall be performed: • Calculation #1: Calculate the most hydraulically demanding 5 contiguous sprinklers consisting of 3 at the high point and 2 on the adjacent slope. See Figure 22B. • Calculation #2: Calculate the most hydraulically demanding 5 contiguous sprinklers along the high point. See Figure 22C. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler. HIGH POINT (PEAK) r• SLOPE DOWN .�.�.�.J EAVE FIGURE 22B 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #1 HIGH POINT PEAK SLOPE DOWN EAVE FIGURE 22A 1 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION HIGH POINT (PEA___ SLOPE DOWN EAVE FFIGURE 22C 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #2 FIGURE 22: HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR WET SYSTEM SINGLE SLOPE DESIGN 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 24 ■ ■ ■ ✓ctaulic 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Criteria for Single Slope with FL-SA/DS Sprinklers Dry System When a single slope roof area exists, the following calculation procedures shall be followed to size piping to the sprinklers protecting this area. NOTE: Single Slopes (with vertical shear walls) result in different fire dynamics than might be seen with gable and/or hip roof construction. 1 Row Protection • Calculate the most hydraulically demanding 7 contiguous DS sprinklers. See Figure 23A. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler or 26 gpm per sprinkler (depending on throw). 2 Row Protection The following 2 sets of calculations shall be performed: • Calculation #1: Calculate the 7 most hydraulically demanding contiguous DS sprinklers located along the high point (peak). See Figure 23B. • Calculation #2: Calculate the 7 most hydraulically contiguous DS sprinklers consisting of 5 DS at the hight point (peak) and 2 DS sprinklers on the adjacent downslope branch line. See Figure 23C. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler. nl�;n r�ln 1 rtw SLOPE DOWN EAVE FIGURE 23A 1 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION mil rU1N4ri ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ SLOPE DOWN EAVE FIGURE 23B 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #1 HIGH POINT PEAK .................. SLOPE DOWN EAVE FFIGURE 23C 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #2 FIGURE 23: HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS REQUIRED FOR DRY SYSTEM SINGLE SLOPE DESIGN 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 25 ✓ctaulic 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Criteria for Single Slope with Hip Wet System 1 Row Protection • Calculate the 5 most hydraulically demanding contiguous DS sprinklers located along the high point plus the 2 most demanding sprinklers along the hip line. See Figure 24A. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler or 26 gpm per sprinkler (depending on throw). 2 Row Protection The following 3 sets of calculations shall be performed: • Calculation #1: Calculate the 3 most hydraulically demanding contiguous DS sprinklers located along the high point (peak) plus the 2 most demanding sprinklers along the hip line. See Figure 24B. • Calculation #2: Calculate the most hydraulically demanding 5 contiguous sprinklers along the high point. See Figure 24C. • Calculation #3: Calculate all sprinklers within the shaded corner Hip area as shown. See Figure 24D. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler. NOTE • The "plus 2" most demanding sprinklers along the hip line may vary from that shown in the figures depending on actual piping. Designer may need to investigate multiple options to determine the 2 most demanding sprinklers to incorporate into the calculations. . j SLOPE w DOWN HIGH POINT (PEAK) r�- w a3 ■ 0 o ♦ EAVE FIGURE 24A 1 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION � HIGH POINT (PEAK) SLOPE w ■ /DOWN■ ■ ■ ■ .—.—.—.—.—.—.—.—.y o HIGH POINT (PEAK) SLOPE DOWN ■ ■ ■ . I 00 (n 0 ■ EAVE FIGURE 24B 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #1 EAVE EAVE FIGURE 24C FIGURE 24D 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #2 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #3 FIGURE 24: SINGLE SLOPE WITH HIP - WET SYSTEM DESIGN 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 26 ✓ctauli;c victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Hydraulic Criteria For Single Slope With Hip Dry System 1 Row Protection • Calculate the 7 most hydraulically demanding contiguous DS sprinklers located along the high point plus the 2 most demanding sprinklers along the hip line. See Figure 25A. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler or 26 gpm per sprinkler (depending on throw). 2 Row Protection The following 3 sets of calculations shall be performed: • Calculation #1: Calculate the 7 most hydraulically demanding contiguous DS sprinklers located along the high point (peak) plus the 2 most demanding sprinklers along the hip line. See Figure 25B. • Calculation #2: Calculate all sprinklers within the shaded corner Hip area as shown. See Figure 25C. • Minimum sprinkler flow is 20 gpm per sprinkler. NOTE • The "plus 2" most demanding sprinklers along the hip line may vary from that shown in the figures depending on actual piping. Designer may need to investigate multiple options to determine the 2 most demanding sprinklers to incorporate into the calculations. II . II j SLOPE a DOWN � HIGH POINT (PEAK) �'. —. _._._._._._._._._.J i o EAVE FIGURE 25A 1 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION •SLOPE � DOWN HIGH POINT (PEAK) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ I ■ —._._._ _._._._._._._._._.J ■ EAVE EAVE FIGURE 25B FFIGURE 25C 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #1 2 ROW PROTECTION CALCULATION #2 FIGURE 25: SINGLE SLOPE WITH HIP - DRY SYSTEM DESIGN 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 27 ✓ctauli;c victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Obstructions The following guidelines outline criteria to minimize critical obstructions to spray pattern development and to maximize effectiveness in achieving control. Although also 'obstruction criteria" some criteria has nothing to do with distribution but allowing heat to travel uninhibited to activate sprinklers. For simplicity much of the obstruction criteria has been standardized for all sprinkler types but be sure to adhere to the sprinkler specific criteria towards the bottom of the list. Obstruction criteria is grouped into Vertical Obstructions, Suspended Horizontal Obstructions, Obstructions at Upper Deck. The criteria for horizontal obstructions such as ductwork running throughout the protected space is consistent whichever sprinkler may be protecting the space. However there is specific criteria for FL-SA/BB and DS sprinklers as it pertains to Piggyback Trusses and stiffeners (See Figure 29). There is also separate criteria for Obstructions at Upper Deck and Vertical Obstructions for FL-SA/BB-DS and FL-SA/GAP respectively. General Obstruction Criteria • Structural trusses and web members are not considered 'obstructions" provided a minimum 6" lateral distance from sprinklers to side of truss/web member is maintained. See Figure 26. • FL-SA/BB, FL-SA/GAP and FL-SA/DS sprinklers may be installed directly on maximum nominal 21/2" (DN65) pipe without the need for a "Sprig -up". For pipe larger than 21/2" nominal, see NPFA 13 for Sprig requirements. • Sprinklers shall be positioned away from obstructions a minimum distance of Four (4) times the maximum dimension of the obstruction (e.g. Ducts, pipe). This 4X requirement does not apply to truss web members provided the web members do not exceed 6" and the minimum lateral distance of 6" from sprinkler to side of member is maintained. 6" MIN. FIGURE 26: MINIMUM REQUIRED LATERAL DIMENSION FROM FACE OF CHORDS AND WEB MEMBERSFOR FL-SA/BB, GAP AND DS SPRINKLERS 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaulilc victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) General Obstruction Criteria (continued) Suspended Horizontal Obstructions Those obstructions which are typically "suspended" within the attic space itself and run horizontally. These obstructions will have clearance over and under the obstruction to allow discharge of water around the obstruction. These obstructions may consist of ductwork; walkways; etc. Horizontal obstructions located within P-0" vertically of the bottom chords or ceiling joists below are not considered "Suspended" Horizontal Obstructions. See Figure 27 for details applying to all sprinkler types. Obstructions at Upper Deck Those obstructions which are either attached directly to the roof deck or to the top chords/joists of the roof framing in a manner that little to no discharge of water can pass/ clear the top of the obstruction. These obstructions can have an impact on the upper portion of the spray pattern from sprinklers. See Figures 28 and 29 for criteria. Vertical Obstructions Those obstructions which run vertically through the attic. These may consist of fireplace flues, walls, vents, stacks, etc. These obstructions will typically run up to or penetrate the roof deck. See Figure 30 for criteria. 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 29 6 c M v a c=4Aor4B c <_ 36" g (Use dimension A or B whichever is greater) No additional sprinkler required below, if equal to or less than 48" suspended obstruction. FIGURE 27A M Al 48" MAX. FIGURE 27B Additional sprinkler required below, if greater than 48" suspended obstruction. FIGURE 27C FIGURE 27: SUSPENDED HORIZONTAL OBSTRUCTIONS GL-SS/ BB, RE AND DS SPRINKLERS ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) FL-SA/BB and FL-SA/DS Obstructions at Upper Deck Criteria Sprinkler Distance from Sprinkler to Side of Obstruction C feet(m) Maximum Allowable Distance of Deflector Above Bottom of Obstruction A inches (mm) Less than 8 ft. (2.4) NOT ALLOWED 8 ft. (2.4) to less than 10 ft. (3) 1 in. (25) 10 ft. (3.0) to less than11 ft. (3.3) 2 in. (51) 11 ft. (3.3) to less than 12 ft. (3.7) 3 in. (76) 12 ft. (3.7) to less than 13 ft. (4) 4 in. (102) 13 ft. (4) to less than 14 ft. (4.3) 6 in. (152) 14 ft. (4.3) to less than 15 ft. (4.6) 7 in. (178) 15 ft. (4.6) to less than 16 ft. (4.9) 9 in. (229) 16 ft. (4.9) to less than 17 ft. (5.2) 11 in. (279) 17 ft. (5.2) or greater 14 in. (356) FIGURE 28: FL-SA/DS OBSTRUCTION AT UPPER DECK CRITERIA 6" (152.4 mm) M�ALX. T 16" (406.4 mm) MIN. 24" 609.6 mm MAX. SPRINKLER FIGURE 29A Alternate allowable framing method: A maximum of 11/2°/38 mm gap between sheathing and top of structural framing members (such as that formed by nailers laid flat) is acceptable. (Typical all scenarios) Nominal 1'fz maximum gap allowed % FL-SA/BB Any distance Sprinkler FL-SA/GAP 4K Sprinkler >67 152.4 mm 12'/3657.6 mm 1'-07304.8 mm Max. Max. FL-SA/BB Sprinkler obstructions FIGURE 29B FL-SA/BB SPRINKLER T 36" MIN. � (914.4 mm) 3%" MIN. ( .9 m ) 6" MAX. IR SPACE R H AT (152.4 mm FL I 30'-0" MAX. NO ADDITIONAL (9144 mm) SPRINKLER REQUIRED BEYOND FIGURE 29C FL-SA/BB NO ADDITIONAL SPRINKLER _ REQUIRED BEYOND �/// 30'-0" MAX. (9144 mm) 1 FIGURE 29D FIGURE 29E FIGURE 29: FL-SA/BB OBSTRUCTIONS AT UPPER DECK CRITERIA 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 30 ✓ctaulic 1144211lir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) FL-SA/BB and FL-SA/DS Vertical Obstruction Criteria Dims A" V-07304.8 mm Max. FL SA/BB and J�>�/DS Sprinkler FL-SA/DS Sprinkler � 20'-076096 mm Max. Dim "B" 42'-0"/l2801.6 mm Max. FL-SA/BB and FL-SA/DS Sprinkler Obstructions Dimension A Dimension B Additional Sprinkler Required Beyond Obstruction Maximum Horizontal Dimension of Obstruction inches (mm) Minimum Horizontal Distance to Obstruction inches (mm) All Vertical Obstructions <6" (152.4) jL Yes No 1/2"<1"(12.7-25.4) 6"(152.4) 1" < 4" (25.4 < 101.6) 12" (304.8) No 4" < 8" (101.6 < 203.2) 24" (609.6) No 8" < 10" (203.2 < 254) 5'-0" (1.52) No 10" < 20" (254 < 508) 10'-0" (3.05) No 20" < 30" (508 < 762) 15'-0" (4.57) No 30" < 40" (762 < 10 16) 20'-0" (6.10) No 40" < 48" (1016 < 1219.2) 25'-0" (7.62) No >48" (1219.2) Any Distance Yes FIGURE 30: FL-SA/BB AND FL-SA/DS VERTICAL OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA FL-SA/BB and FL-SA/DS Piggyback Truss Obstruction Criteria When trusses are stacked ("Piggyback") at the peak, consideration to obstructions to the spray pattern of the FL-SA/BB sprinklers must be made. These "Piggyback" configurations will typically include 2x "Stiffeners" running perpendicular to the trusses. Additionally, these "stiffeners" will be sandwiched between the uppermost and lowermost horizontal chords of the two stacked trusses. In the event that all members are above the level of the FL -SA/ BB deflector, no obstruction exists to the FL-SA/BB spray pattern. See Figure 31. STIFFENERS 24" 1609.E mm)MAX. 16" (406.4 mm) MIN. DEFLECTOR Y "FL-SA/BB" SPRINKLER FIGURE 31: DEFLECTOR COMPLETELY BELOW STIFFENERS AND HORIZONTAL WEB MEMBERS (NO OBSTRUCTION) In the event that the FL-SA/BB Deflector is located completely above the stiffeners and horizontal web members, the parameters of Figure 32 as appropriate, must be met for the spray pattern to be considered unobstructed. When all of the following are met, additional sprinkler(s) below stiffeners are not required: • The FL-SA/BB sprinklers are located a minimum of 12 in. (304.8 mm) above the stiffeners. • The stiffeners are 71/2 in. (190.5 mm) maximum in width • The openings are 12 in. (304.8 mm) minimum • There is 70% minimum open area "FL-SA/BB" SPRINKLER 70%MINUMUM OPEN AREA STIFFENERS 24" (609.6mm) MAX. 3'/:" (88.9 mm) MIN.JJ T 16" (406.4 mm) MIN. AIR SPACE FOR / • 12" (304.8 mm) MIN. HEAT FLOW / 7% 12 MAX. MIN. FIGURE 32: DEFLECTOR ABOVE STIFFENERS AND HORIZONTAL WEB MEMBERS (NO OBSTRUCTION) When the FL-SA/BB sprinklers are located above the stiffeners, but do not meet all of the parameters of Figure 32 the FL-SA/BB sprinklers must be located in accordance with Figure 33 relative to the stiffeners. DIMENSION A DIMENSION B BB46 BB79 BB1012 A>0" A+15" A+10" A+8" 70% MINUMUM OPEN AREA- "FL-SA/BB" 24" (609.6mm) MAX. 16" (406.4 mm) MIN. DEFLECTOR <12" (304.8 mm) 7''/a" 12" MAX. MIN. FIGURE 33: DEFLECTOR LESS THAN 12" ABOVE STIFFENERS (NO OBSTRUCTION) 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 0 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 31 ✓ctaulilc victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) FL-SA/GAP Obstruction at Upper Deck Criteria 3Y2" MiM Roof Deck o�d r -09� A \� C Maximum Allowable Distance of Deflector Distance from Sprinkler Above Bottom to Side of Obstruction of Obstruction C A inches (mm) inches (mm) Less than 1 ft.6 in. (457mm) NOT ALLOWED 1 ft. 6 in. (457mm) to less than 3 ft. 0 in. (914mm) 1 in. (25) 3 ft. 0 in. (914mm) to less than 4 ft. 0 in. (120 mm) 3 in. (76) 4 ft. 0 in. (120 mm) to less than 4 ft. 6 in. (140 mm) 5 in. (127) 4 ft. 6 in. (1.4m) to less than 6 ft. 0 in. (180 mm) 7 in. (178) 6 ft. 0 in. (180 mm) to less than 6 ft. 6 in. (200 mm) 9 in. (229) 6 ft. 6 in. (200 mm) to less than 7 ft. 0 in. (210 mm) 11 in. (279) 7 ft. 0 in. (210 mm) to less than 8 ft. 0 in. (240 mm) 14 in. (356) 8 ft.0 in. (240 mm) to less than 8 ft. 6 in. (260 mm)l 15 in. (381) 8 ft. 6 in. (260 mm) to less than 9 ft. 0 in. (270 mm)l 17 in. (432) FIG 34: FL-SA/GAP OBSTRUCTION AT UPPER DECK FL-SA/GAP Vertical Obstruction Criteria PLAN VIEW :5 48" Width a41 H 0 101 FL-SA/BB FL-SA/GAP FL-SA/DS C=4Aor4B (Use dimension A or B whichever is greater) Should the sprinkler not be able to be located a distance of 4X away from obstruction, an additional sprinkler must be installed on the opposite side of the obstruction within V-0" from the opposite side of the obstruction. FIGURE 35: FL-SA/GAP VERTICAL OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 0 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 32 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Installation The Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics must be installed in accordance with this section. The FL-SA/BB, FL-SA/GAP and FL-SA/DS Specific Application Attic Sprinklers comprise an overall protection scheme which takes into account strategic positioning for activation sensitivity while providing unique distribution characteristics specifically designed for attic construction. These Special Application Sprinklers and this Protection Scheme cannot be utilized with any 'other" spray sprinklers with the exception of small standalone dormers and similar isolated compartments/areas requiring 4 or less sprinklers. The protection methodology utilizing these sprinklers has been full scale fire tested in the built attic environment. As such, they must be installed in accordance with the guidelines set forth within this data sheet. The NFPA 13 Density/ Area prescriptive spacing requirements do not apply as these sprinklers are not bound by the NFPA 13 "S x L Rules". The positioning and spacing requirements of this data sheet take precedence over any other prescriptive requirements that may exist in NFPA 13. To install the Specific Application Attic Sprinklers, the following steps shall be taken: Step 1. Sprinklers must be oriented correctly as follows: • Series FL-SA/BB Sprinklers • At horizontal ridge (peak) — installed in the upright vertical position with deflector parallel to the ceiling below (i.e. sprinkler centerline perpendicular to the ridgeline). • The FL-SA/BB sprinklers must only be installed at ridge lines where the truss framing members run parallel to the long direction of throw of the FL-SA/BB sprinkler (i.e. sprinkler frame arms are perpendicular to the roof trusses). See Figure 26. • Series FL-SA/GAP Sprinklers • Near eave or under -hip type roofs — installed in the upright position with deflector parallel to roof deck (i.e. sprinkler centerline perpendicular to the roof slope). • Series FL-SA/DS Sprinklers • Installed in the upright position with deflector parallel to roof deck (i.e. sprinkler centerline perpendicular to the roof slope). See Figure 36. • For this design methodology, the FL-SA/DS sprinklers may typically be utilized at the Hip roof area adjacent to the hip line of the roof and positioned to throw out towards the eaves. Truss framing members must run parallel to the long direction of throw of the FL-SA/DS sprinkler. See FIGURE 33 for reference. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. NOTE • Do not grasp the sprinkler by the deflector. Step 3. Wrench -tighten the sprinkler using only the appropriate wrench. Wrenches are only to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats or wrench hex, as applicable. NOTE • Do not apply wrench to frame arms. 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 33 OP,G E FL-SA/DS SPRINKLER o � 20'.0" 1 4•-0" MAX. MAX. FIGURE 36: SPRINKLER FRAME ORIENTATION TO ROOF SLOPE ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) CPVC Guidelines Use of UL Listed CPVC Piping with Specific Application Attic Sprinklers — Wet Systems Only LIL Listed CPVC piping may be used in a combustible concealed attic space requiring sprinklers when installed in accordance with the following guidelines. For clarity, the following guidelines reference both "Gable/Eave" areas as well as "Hip" areas. Refer to Figure 1 on page 3 for explanation of these areas. Notice Where the use of non-combustible insulation is specified, verify with the insulation manufacturer as to the non -combustibility of the insulation. The non- combustible insulation (fiberglass) may be faced or unfaced. Where faced, the facing need not be non- combustible. The insulation is to have a flame spread index of not more than 25. Verify chemical compatibility of the insulation with the UL Listed CPVC by consulting the CPVC Manufacturer's literature. CPVC at Bottom Chords to Feed Ceiling Sprinklers Below LIL Listed CPVC may be used to feed the wet system ceiling sprinklers on the floor below when adhering to the following guidelines: (See Figure 37) • Wet Systems only • The area above must be protected by FL-SA/BB, FL- SA/GAP and/or FL-SA/DS Sprinklers. • Pipe Running on Top of Bottom Chords: There must be 6 in. (152.4 mm) of non-combustible insulation covering the horizontal or vertical pipe extending 12 in. (304.8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the pipe. Refer to Figure 37A. • Pipe Running Within Joist Channel: If the pipe is located inside the ceiling joist, the joist channel must be covered or filled with 6 in. (152.4 mm) of non-combustible insulation on top of the pipe. Refer to Figure 37B. Insulation is for fire protection purposes. It is not freeze protection. CPVC must be installed in accordance with the CPVC Manufacturer's installation guide instructions. 12.. 12.. MIN. MIN. ATTIC SPRINKLER NON COMBUSTIBLE PROTECTED SPACE INSULATION z JOIS �CPVC PIPE &FITTINGS CEILING PENDENT SPRINKLER FIGURE 37A NON COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION —\ ATTIC SPRINKLER PROTECTED SPACE PENDENT SPRINKLER FIGURE 37B CPVC PIPE & FITTINGS FIGURE 37: NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FOR THE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com WE ✓ct:aull virfnnlir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) CPVC Guidelines Use of UL Listed CPVC Piping with Specific Application Attic Sprinklers — Wet Systems Only (Continued) Exposed CPVC at Gable/Eave Areas Only UL Listed CPVC Pipe and Fittings may be used to feed the Specific Application Attic Sprinklers protecting the attic space when adhering to the following guidelines: (See Figure 38) • Wet Systems only • Risers are vertical and protected by Specific Application Sprinklers located at a maximum lateral distance of 12 in. (304.8 mm) from the riser centerline. • Specific Application Sprinklers are directly mounted on the branchline. • Specific Application Sprinklers are on arm-overs and located at a maximum lateral distance of 6 in. (152.4 mm) from the branchline centerline. • Specific Application Sprinklers are on vertical sprigs attached to the branchline. • No Insulation is required around/over pipe when meeting the above guidelines unless required for freeze protection. CPVC A CPVC tJ = VERTICAL 0 Z 0 RISER Q FIGURE 38A: VERTICAL RISER DIRECT MOUNT 6",(150mm) 4MAX. I U 7� U FIGURE 38D: ANGLED SPRIG U = a zZW U Q W CPVC J CPVC VERTICAL 0 z z RISER Q FIGURE 38B: VERTICAL RISER SPRIG UP MAX. I LWW- d CPVC FIGURE 38E: ARM OVER SPRIG 6" (150mm) "MAX. � I I CPVC FIGURE 38C: DIRECT MOUNT ARM -OVER 6",(150mn MAX. II I U 7� U U = H C7 Q U W J RTICAL SPRIG WITH SWING JOINT ✓ctaulic FIGURE 38F: VE FIGURE 38: CPVC ALLOWANCE GUIDELINES WET SYSTEMS ONLY (GABLE/EAVE AREA) 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 35 virtaidir rnm 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) CPVC Guidelines CPVC at Hip Areas Listed CPVC may be used to feed the FL-SA/GAP and FL-SA/DS sprinklers protecting the Hip areas when adhering to the following guidelines: • Wet systems only • When the horizontal branchline piping feeding sprinklers within the hip roof areas is run over the bottom chords of the trusses, it shall be covered with a minimum of 6 in. (152.4 mm) in depth of non-combustible insulation (See Figure 39). This insulation must extend nominally 12 in. (304.8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the CPVC branchline. Insulation is for fire protection purposes. It is not freeze protection. • When the horizontal CPVC branchline piping feeding the sprinklers within the hip roof areas is located within the ceiling joist, the joist channel must be covered or filled with a minimum of 6 in (152.4 mm) depth of noncombustible insulation on top of the branchline feeding the sprigs (See Figure 40). Insulation is for fire protection purposes. It is not freeze protection. • A minimum lateral distance of 18 in (450 mm) is maintained between the CPVC pipe and a heat producing device such as heat pumps, fan motors, and heat lamps. • The sprinklers (GAP or IDS) may be directly fed by exposed vertical or angled sprigs provided: • Vertical sprigs have no maximum exposed length, the GAP or IDS Sprinkler is located at a maximum lateral distance of 12 in (3304.8 mm) from the sprig centerline. • Angled sprigs with a maximum exposed length of 3 ft. (0.9 m). FL-SA/GAP or SPRINKLER x ALLOWED EXPOSED Z CPVC CPVC SPRIG w PIPE & FITTINGS J NON COMBUSTIBLE Z INSULATION (NOT INTENDED FOR FREEZE PROTECTION) e JOIST CEILING) FIGURE 39A: VERTICAL SPRIG FL-SA/GAP or FL-SA/DS SPRINKLER ALLOWED EXPOSED �`a CPVC CPVC SPRIG c PIPE &FITTINGS en q NON COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION (NOT INTENDED FOR FREEZE PROTECTION) io F MIN MIN JOIST CEILING FIGURE 39B: ANGLED SPRIG FIGURE 39: EXPOSED CPVC AT HIP ROOF AREAS (HORIZONTAL BRANCHLINE OVER JOISTS) WET SYSTEMS ONLY 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 36 FL-SA/GAP or FL-SA/DS SPRINKLER x ALLOWED EXPOSED H z CPVC CPVC SPRIG _ W PIPE & FITTINGS NON COMBUSTIBLE Z INSULATION (NOT INTENDED FOR FREEZE PROTECTION) jp — JOIST FIGURE 40A: VERTICAL SPRIG FL-SA/GAP or FL-SA/DS SPRINKLER ALLOWED EXPOSED a1i 11 CPVC CPVC SPRIG PIPE & FITTINGS NON COMBUSTIBLE ' INSULATION (NOT INTENDED FOR FREEZE PROTECTION) i CEILING FIGURE 40B: ANGLED SPRIG FIGURE 40: EXPOSED CPVC AT HIP ROOF AREAS (HORIZONTAL BRANCHLINE WITHIN JOISTS) WET SYSTEMS ONLY ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Slope to Flat Transition When transitioning from a flat -to -slope roof, a draft curtain shall be installed as shown, and the area under the flat roof shall be hydraulically calculated in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13. Note: The use of CPVC piping under the flat roof section would only be allowed if Specially Listed sprinklers are being used which allow for such use of CPVC. All specially Listed guidelines must be met. DS Sprinkler Continuous draft curtain required. Depth of draft curtain DS must be a minimum of 8" Sprink below sprinkler deflectors of flat roof area Upright/Pendent right/Pendent -)uous draft curtain Depth of draft curtain )e a minimum of8" prinkler deflectors of flat roof area FIGURE 40A: SLOPE TO FLAT TRANSITION WITH FLAT ROOF LOWER THAN PEAK FIGURE 4013: SLOPE TO FLAT TRANSITION WITH FLAT ROOF AT THE SAME OF SLOPED ROOF ELEVATION AS PEAK OF SLOPED ROOF FIGURE 40: SLOPE TO FLAT TRANSITION 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 37 ✓ctauliic victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING _ Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic products. • Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation, removal, adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.) standards, or equivalent standards, and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes. These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures, corrosion, mechanical damage, etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure, resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Ratings: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from-67°F/-55°C. 1-40: Victaulic FireLockT" Automatic Sprinklers Installation and Maintenance Instructions User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end -use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 46.03 16398 Rev C Updated 11/2022 © 2022 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com LCtaul SECTION 6 MISCELLANEOUS X/11Ctauhc`R PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SA4-000-0000 SA2-000-0000 SA3-000-0000 Victaulic Automatic Sprin- kler Cabinets provide for storage of a supply of spri n- klers. Maintaining a supply of spare sprinklers on the premises of automatic SA1-000-0000 sprinklersystems will aid in the prompt replacement of operated or damaged sprin- klers and returning afire protection system to ser- vice as soon as possible. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Models: ❑ 12sprinklers ❑ 6sprinklers ❑ 3sprinklers (NFPA/3D, Residential) ❑ 6 large sprinklers Material: Heavy gauge steel, red enamel. This is a requirement of NFPA and most Authori- ties Having Jurisdiction. Refer to the applicable NFPA standard governing your specific installation for further details. Six or twelve sprinkler capacity cabinets are avail- able. This also provides for storage of the appropriate wrench which is required for the installation and removal of sprinklers. NFPA 25 requires the total number of spare sprinklers to be stored on the pre- mises of an automatic sprinkler system meet the minimum quantities shown Cabinets are available in six or twelve sprinkler capacities with dimensions and shelf variations as shown on page 2. The cabi- nets are of welded construction fabricated from low carbon steel sheet. The box and shelves are fabricated from 0.030" thick material and the cover is fabri- cated from 0.042" thick material. VICTAULIC® IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY Sprinkler Cabinets in the accompanying table. When the sprinkler system includes more than one type of temperature rating sprinkler, the stock of spare sprinklers must include proportional sampling of each type and temperature rating; however, a mini- mum of 3 each is recom- mended. Sprinklers in Building Min. Number of Spare Sprinklers Under300 6' 300 to 1000 12 0ver1000 24 'A minimum of three sprinklers of each type and temperature rating are required for residential fire sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwellings and mobile homes. The cover is mounted to the box, at the top, with two 0.036" thick steel butt type hinges. A coat of red enamel paint is applied inside and out, and a label indi- cating that the cabinet is for spare sprinklers is bonded tothe cover. Victaulic Company of America Victaulic Company of Canada Victaulic Europe Victaulic America Latina Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone 1-800-PICKVIC(1-800-742-5842) Phone 416-675-5575 Rxm32-9-381-1500 Rhone 610-559-3300 Rhone 65-235-3035 Fac 614250-8817 Fac 416-675-5565 Fac: 32-9-3814438 Fac 610-559-3608 Fac 65-235-0535 &I7Bl:0ck\Ac cta 1ic:, om e-nEll: vicca ada_5 ctaulicoom 2rru l: \Aoaro@AdaJicbe &rrEil: \,icd Q@AdajIGNm Enid: \Ac p@ActaAiccom 2561 Rev.B 7/02 ® Registered Trademark of Victaulic © Copyright 2002 Victaulic Printed in U.S.A. DIMENSIONS IR D I � Victaulic Dimensions — Inches/millimeters H W D Part Number Description Use With V10, V26, V29, V27, V34 (except 5.25 14.31 4.00 SA1-000-0000 For 12 Sprinklers V3403 & V3404) 133 364 102 SA2-000-0000 For 6 Sprinklers p V27, V3403, V3404, V34 133 133 14.31 364 2. 38 60 SA3-000-0000 For 3 Sprinklers (NFPA 13D) V27, V29 Residential 133 186 2608 V40, V38, V39 Concealed, K1 ESFR, SA4-000-0000 For 6 Large Sprinklers All Intermediate Level Sprinklers, 6.50 14.31 3.13 All Guards* 165 364 79 Specify part number and capacity when ordering. *Guards will only fit if NOT assembled to sprinkler. Capacity may be reduced. INSTALLATION • Automatic Sprinkler Cabinets must be installed and the spare sprinkler stock maintained in compliance with the applicable standards of the NFPA in addition to the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Failure to do so may result in property damage and impair the abi I ity to return an automatic sprinkler system to ser- vice as soon as possible. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. OCAUTION • The owner is responsible for maintaining a supply of spare sprinklers in proper condition. The installing contractor should be contacted with any questions. Failure to do so may result in property damage. 40.81 - 2 This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Description Designed for "light" stabilization of pipe penetrating wall or floor structures. Features one piece rigid construction. Each wall plate has been galvanized to resist corrosion and is provided with a set screw to keep the wall plate in place. Available in sizes 1" IPS through 4" IPS. Installation Each wall pipe should be installed on the corresponding pipe size to maintain proper fit and performance. The wall plates' rigid construction requires that it be installed as the pipe to be fitted is put in place. As the pipe is being installed through the surface to which the plate will provide stability, install the wall plate over the end of the pipe and move to it's desired location. Once the length of pipe has been properly installed and the pipe hangers have been adjusted to their final elevation, move the wall plate to it's final desired location. Tighten the set screw while maintaining the wall plate in its' desired final location. If the wall plate is being used to prevent the movement of pipe through the "wall" or floor penetration. It is necessary to use one wall plate on each side of the wall or floor to secure the pipe from additional movement. This product is not suitable or approved as earth quake bracing. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL + 1 760 599-1168 + 1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1 800 344-3775 © 2015 Fire Protection Products, Inc. Specifications Material: Malleable Iron Finish: Galvanize coating Sizes & Dimensions: 1 " (35/8 OD) 1'/4" (4" OD) 11/2" (4'/4" OD) 2" (43/4" OD) 21/2" (51/2" OD) 3" (61/8" OD) 4" (71/8" OD)